Mikrokosmographia a description of the body of man. Together vvith the controuersies thereto belonging. Collected and translated out of all the best authors of anatomy, especially out of Gasper Bauhinus and Andreas Laurentius. By Helkiah Crooke Doctor of Physicke, physitian to His Maiestie, and his Highnesse professor in anatomy and chyrurgerie. Published by the Kings Maiesties especiall direction and warrant according to the first integrity, as it was originally written by the author.

THE TENTH BOOKE, Of Flesh, that is, of the Muscles, the Bovvels and the Glandules.

The Praeface.

AS our ability, time & auocatiōs haue giuen vs leaue, we haue gone through our first diuision of the body of Man into the three Regi∣ons, Naturall, Vitall and Animall and the Ioynts. It remayneth now that we dissolue euery one of these into those parts whereof they are compounded, laying each apart by themselues that their Natures and differences may better appeare. In this Analysis or Resolution wee will first begin with the Flesh, which beside that it maketh the greatest part of the bulk of the Body, is also somewhat more compounded then the rest of the Similar parts. Next wee will entreat of the Ves∣sels, that is to say, of the Veines, Arteries and Sinewes; for these are the Riuers or Brookes which conuay the Bloud, the Spirits, the Heate, the Life, the Motion and the Sense, into all the parts and corners of this Little world. Afterward we will descend vnto the Gri∣stles, Ligaments, Membranes and Fibres: Parts, not onely Spermaticall and Similar, but also Simple, that is not Organicall. Last of all wee will come vnto the Bones, that is, to the foundation of this goodly Structure; the Pedestall or Columns vpon which the frame of the body of Man is reared and whereby it is strengthened and supported. I know well that some Anatomistes of the best note, haue in their deliuery of this Art quite inuerted this order which we haue proposed vnto our selues, beginning first with the Bones, and so ascending by the Gristles, Ligaments, Membranes, Vessels and Flesh, vnto the three Re∣gions and the Ioynts: which Methode being Geneticall, we conceiue to be rather the way of Nature then of Art; for Nature first lineth out of the masse of Seede, the warp of the body, and after with the woofe filleth vp the empty distances: first she layeth the founda∣tion, rayseth the stories, bindeth the ioyntes and plastereth the walles, till it come vnto a perfect building. Art on the contrary takes it asunder peece and peece, proceeding from that which is more to that which is lesse compounded, till at length it come vnto the ve∣ry ground-worke or foundation. This Method we haue followed till we are come vnto the Flesh: Of which there are three kindes; one of the Muscles, another of the Bowels, and the third of the Glan∣dules. To the declaration of these three we haue destined this Booke, but begin with the Mus∣cles, because they are more compoun∣ded then the rest.

CHAP. I. What Flesh is, and how manie sorts of Flesh there bee.

FLesh in Latine Caro, in Greeke 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, hath diuers acceptions a∣mongst the Ancients. Sometime in a strict and proper acceptati∣on it is taken for the flesh of a Muscle, as if a Muscle and Flesh * 1.1 wer both one thing: so Hippocrates vnderstandeth it in the 16 A∣phorisme of the fift Section where he saith, That bathes of hot Wa∣ter will loosen the Flesh, that is, dissolue the strength of a Muscle: & in the second Section of his Booke de Fracturis he calleth the Mus∣cles * 1.2 absolutely flesh, because their cheefe part is flesh. But most plainly of all in his Booke de Arte, where he saith, All those members which are compassed a∣bout with flesh, which flesh they call a Muscle, all those parts I say haue bellies.

Sometime by flesh we vnderstand that simple part which is peculiar and proper to ech part of a mans body, and compasseth, gathereth together, and couereth the Stamina or * 1.3 fibres defending them against the rage of the naturall heate which would consume & de∣populate their very substance, as also against the heate and colde, and other outward oc∣currents.

Concerning this flesh Hippocrates in his Booke de Ossium Natura hath this saying, The Flesh is that which tyeth together and buildeth or reareth vp all the parts of this frame. VVee * 1.4 out of Galen and the late VVriters doe take knowledge of foure distinct differences of Flesh; one is flesh properly so called, another is the flesh of the bowelles, the thirde is the peculiar flesh of euery part, and the fourth the flesh of the Glandules or Kernelles. The flesh properly so called is a soft and ruddy part made of blood moderately dried, & * 1.5 is therefore called a bloody part and a hot part: such is the flesh of the Muscles which is truly and absolutely called Flesh, such is also the flesh of the Gums and that in the nut of the yard.

The flesh of the bowels Erasistratus calleth parenchyma, as it were an affusion or gathe∣ring together of blood. For he thought that the substance of the bowels did accrue or ga∣ther of blood yssuing out of the Veines. But wee thinke that the bowelles haue a proper substance of their owne which is the principall and chiefe part of the bowell to which his action doth properly belong. There is also another flesh peculiar vnto euery solide part, * 1.6 which flesh hath no proper name, but Galen calleth it Carnosam substantiam, the Fleshye substance: for in the tenth Booke of his Method he acknowledgeth a double substance in the solid parts, the one exquisitely solide and fibrous altogether without blood, another which stuffeth the fibres and filleth vp their distances, and is called the proper flesh of e∣uery * 1.7 part▪ this he thinketh is neuer restored if it be lost but only moistned and cherished when it is present. Such is the flesh which is to be seene in the stomacke, the Guttes, the Gullet, the Bladders and the wombe. And such a kinde of flesh Theophrastus attributeth vnto plants growing about their woody, and as it were sinnowy fibres.

The common vses of this three-fold flesh Galen hath described in his twelfth Booke De * 1.8 vsupartium, to wit, that it should defend the partes from heate and colde and other out∣ward occurrences. For all flesh is a soft pillowe for the creature when it either lyeth or falleth downe; when it is wounded it yeeldeth to the hardnesse of the weapon; when it is bruised or beaten it filleth vp the breach as it were a boulster of Lint: in the sweltering heate of the Sunne it serueth for a shadow, and in the violence of cold it keepeth warme. And these vses I haue called Common, because there are other peculiar to each kinde of flesh: for the flesh of the Muscles both mooueth voluntarily and also by his stuffing it hin∣dreth the Chord or Tendon of the Muscle, least when it is contracted or drawne toge∣ther * 1.9 it should depart from the bodye, as also it easeth and moisteneth the drowth of the Nerues and Ligaments, which they continuallie acquire by theyr perpetuall motion.

The flesh of the bowelles as it were a certaine stuffing or concretion, first confirmeth the vessels of the bowels, next it filleth vp the empty places betwixt the vessels; and lastly * 1.10 it performeth a similer and officiall action as we shall say anon. Finally there is a glandu∣lus flesh such is the Pancreas a kernally body placed in the belly neere to the gate of the liuer: for some haue defined a Glandule to be a masse of flesh rowled vp in it selfe. And these in my iudgemeut are all the differences and distinctions of flesh. The particular hi∣story

whereof, we wil as accurately and briefly as we may describe vnto you in this follow∣ing discourse, beginning with the flesh of the muscles, as being a more compound and or∣ganicall * 1.11 part, and so proceeding to that of the bowells and glandules, which are more sim∣ple and similar, originally deriued from the first conformation of the body.

CHAP. II. Of the flesh of the Muscles, and what a Muscle is.

THe first and chiefe kind of flesh, is that of the Muscle, in the description where∣of because of the variety and difficulty of the subiect, we must craue a little leaue somewhat to inlarge our selues. For it is far and wide spred ouer the whole bo∣dy, and maketh indeed the greater part thereof. This is that which giueth strength, proportion, and beauty to all the other parts, whereof if the body be dispoiled, as it happeneth in the melting and dissoluing heate of a hecticke ague, there remaineth nothing else but the image of a dead creature, nay of a dried and parched carkasse: which may seeme to be the reason that moued Hipocrates to call his booke wherein he treateth of the principles of the body and the nature of the particular parts (a worke which he com∣posed in his olde age, as appeareth by the experienced certainty, maiesty and weight of * 1.12 the sentences therein contained) de carnibus a booke of flesh. The flesh therefore when it is gathered together on a heape Hipocrates calleth a Muscle in his booke de arte as we haue saide before, and againe the muscles he calleth absolutely Flesh, because the principall part of them is the flesh. And in his prognostickes from the laudable and commendable habit or proportion of this musculous flesh he gathereth the perfect health of the whole body. And in the fourth Section of his Aphorismes and the sixteenth, when he would describe a haile bodie, he maketh mention onely of this flesh, where hee sayeth, Ellebor is dangerous to such as haue sound flesh, that is, such as are in perfect health. For the muscles are a kinde of of part both gouerning and being gouerned: they gouerne those mem∣bers for whose motion they were ordayned, and are gouerned by the Brain through the Nerues, by the Heart through the Arteries, and by the Liuer through the Veines: where∣fore * 1.13 if these be in good plight (which is easie to bee knowne by the naturall figure, fresh and flowry colour, and their iust and due extent) they show that the principall parts are in a good and commendable constitution. The Nature therefore, differences and actions of these Muscles we haue taken for our present taske; wherein how fairely soeuer we shal acquite ourselues, yet wee make account as in all other parts of this labour, so especially herein, by reason of the difficulty to finde the trueth and diuersity of mens opinions; we shall expose ourselues to manifould censure and exception, vnlesse wee light vppon the more equall Auditors. But to the matter.

A Muscle is called in Greeke 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, that is, a Mouse, either because it is like vnto a fleyne Mouse, or vnto the Fish which they call Musculus. It hath also diuers La∣tine * 1.14 names, one from the Greeke, which is, Musculus, and that we will incorporate or in∣franchise into our English, although the next Latine name, which is, Lacertus, in English a Brawne, might reasonably wel be retained, had not vse made this other more common. For we call an Arme full of sound flesh, a brawny Arme: but to hold the name of Muscle. There is a double consideration to be had of a Muscle; the first is, of the structure or com∣position * 1.15 of it, the other of the office and vse: and therefore there may be a double defini∣tion giuen of it.

If you regard the structure, it is defined by Galen in arteparua. A flesh wouen of simple flesh and similar fibres. And in the Booke of Phisicall definitions it is called A sinowey body mingled with flesh. It may more fully be defined thus: It is an organicall and dissimilar part wrought together of Nerues, Flesh, Fibres, Veines and Arteries, all couered or inuested with a proper coate of his own.

That it is Organicall, Galen teacheth in his Booke de differentijs morborum, in which * 1.16 place he reckoneth it amongst those Organs which are most simple and of the first kinde, because it is not made of dissimilar particles but of simple.

That it is Dissimilar, the structure of the parts being of diuers kindes doe euidently proue. The Nerues are the conuayers of the spirites and the faculties; the flesh stuffeth the distances betweene the fibres that they should not be mingled, tempereth the drynes * 1.17 of the Nerues and Tendons, preserueth the threds or fibres that they bee not bruised or broken, and maketh the Animall spirites more apt to mooue by his heate. The Fibres which are wouen of small particles of the ligaments diuersly disheueled doe strengthen

the flesh, establish and preserue it that it bee not dissolued: the veines like small riuerets are prouided onely for nutrition; the Arteries doe conserue the heate; the Coate inue∣steth the Muscle, contayneth his substance, separateth and distinguisheth it from the ad∣ioyning parts and giueth it the sence of feeling. This is the structure of a muscle accor∣ding to them all, to them alone and at all times.

There is another definition of a Muscle taken from his office which Galen deliuereth in his first Booke de motu musculorum. A muscle, sayeth hee, is the instrument of that motion which is performed with violence, or a Muscle is the immediate organ of voluntary motion. By violence Galen vnderstandeth that which Aristotle calleth Spontaneum, or voluntary which * 1.18 proceedeth from an inward principle, to wit, from a desiring or mouing faculty. Galen calleth that which is Voluntary often times Animall to distinguish it from that which is Naturall: and in his Booke de tremor: palp. he calleth Muscles Organs which are moued at our discretion.

Now that motion is Voluntary which at pleasure we can appease, and againe excite or stirre vp when it is appeased, and make it swifter or slower, rarer or quicker as wee list.

This will or pleasure of man is double; one from Election, another from Instinct: the first we exercise when we are awake, the latter when we are asleepe or minde some other * 1.19 matter more. The first is a streatching or Tention not without strife or contention: the second is in remission or rather the remission it selfe of that contention or strife; & ther∣fore they that are a sleepe do neyther moue their bodies into extreame & violent figures or postures, neither doe they accomplish the perfect Tonicall motion, that is, the stedfast holding of the member, as those that are awake.

Of this Voluntary motion there are diuers instruments, the Braine, a Sinew and a * 1.20 Muscle, but one is immediate. The Brayne commandeth, the Sinew or Nerue carrieth the commaundement, and the Muscle obeyeth. The Brayne determineth of the obiect which is to be desired, whether it be profitable or noctious and hurtfull, to be followed or auoided: from hence therefore is the beginning and originall of the motion. When the * 1.21 action is agreed vpon by the Brayne, the Nerue which is the spirits vehicle carrieth down the faculty of mouing: the Muscle being illustrated or enlightned with the beames of the spirit is presently contracted and immediately moueth the part according to the diuersi∣ty of the commandement which it receiueth from the will. And as a horseman hauing * 1.22 the reynes in his hand dryueth forward or reyneth in the horse, so the fantasticke power of the Soule sitting in the Braine, by the Nerues as by a reyne or brydle moueth the mus∣cles.

These things therefore are necessarily required to locall and voluntary motion, which in order doe follow one another. An obiect appetible or to be desired, The faculty desiring, and a power to moue locally The Brayne, the Animall spirites, the Nerues and the Mus∣cles.

Wee conclude therefore that a muscle is the immediate instrument of voluntary or willing motion, whatsoeuer can be obiected against the trueth of this definition shall be heard, and receiue satisfaction in our discourse of the Controuersies annexed to this Booke.

CHAP. III. How many and what are the parts of a Muscle.

THe parts of a Muscle we will distinguish into similar of which the whole body of the Muscle is composed; and dissimilar into which the same body accor∣ding to his length is deuided. * 1.23

The similar parts are Nerues, Fibres, Tendons or Chords, Flesh, Veines and Arteries. The dissimilar are three, the beginning, the middle, and the end; or the Head, the Belly, and the Taile. Out of these similar partes ioyned together and diuersly intangled with an admirable arte, resulteth an organ ordained for voluntary motion. But in this composition there is not the like worth or vse of all the particles, neither doe they meete together in the same degree or efficacy of operation.

Wherefore as before in euery perfect organ we obserued foure kindes of partes; the * 1.24 first of those by which the action is made originally and essentially; and to these Galen at∣tributeth the preheminence or superiority: the second of those without which the action goeth not forward; the third by which it is better performed; the last of those which doe conserue the action or keepe it as wee say in tune: so all these foure differences of partes

a diligent Anatomist may obserue in a muscle. The fibrous flesh is the prime and princi∣pall part of a muscle, and as Hippocrates and Galen doe beleeue the proper substance of the * 1.25 same: for if you reuiew the whole body you shall finde none like it; when that is wanting or decayed the motion also is weake or none at all, and where it is there also is alwayes voluntary motion: this onely is prepared and fitted by Nature to receiue the influence of the mouing quality: this alone doth easily collect, contract and gather vp it selfe toge∣ther, and loosneth and remitteth the part which it hath drawne: so also the chiefe part of all the bowels is sayd to be their flesh or parenchyma.

The Nerues which are diuersly dispersed into the Muscles, are those without which the motion cannot be: for they are the conuayers of the Animall spirits, and bring down from the throne or tribunall of the Soule, which is the Braine, the warrant and comman∣dement to mooue: which if they bee cut, obstructed, refrigerated, inflamed, or any other way affected, the motion perisheth instantly. The Ligaments and Tendons doe make * 1.26 the action more perfect; for the Tendon is not as we say in Schooles simpliciter, that is, o∣riginally and by it selfe ordayned for motion, but secundum quid, that is, for the perfor∣mance only of vehement, strong and continuall motions, and therefore there be very ma∣ny Muscles without Tendons.

The Veines, the Arteries, and the Membranes, are they which conserue the action; for the Veines and Arteries doe restore the wasting and decaying substance of the Mus∣cles, which by reason of continuall expence are washey and fleeting: and therefore they are in great aboudance dispersed through the flesh, because as Hippocrates sayth Flesh is a drawer, and the bloud ought to be in greater quantity then the rest of the humors because * 1.27 the mountenance of the Muscle ariseth thereby. The Membrane as it were a garment or couering inuesteth and closeth the Muscle and giueth it the sence of feeling. And thus much concerning the Nature of the similar parts of which the Muscle is formed.

Now the whole body of the Muscle is deuided into three dissimular parts, the Head, * 1.28 the Belly and the Taile.

The Head is most commonly neruous, sometimes but rarely flecty: for it is made of Ligaments arising from the bone, yet is it not altogether insensible because of the inserti∣on * 1.29 and interposition of the sinewes, for it is couered with a peculiar membrane.

The Belly is the middle part of the Muscle almost all fleshy, and maketh the bulke of * 1.30 the same: and for that reason in the Legge they call the pulpe, that is, the brawne of the Calfe wherein the middest of all the Muscles of that part doe so meete that they seeme to make but one Muscle, they call it I say 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 as it were the belly of the Legge, wee call it the Calfe.

The last part of the Muscle is the End, the Taile or the Tendon, it is called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, * 1.31 because it is almost altogether neruous. Galen thinketh that the Tendon is framed of the fibres of the nerues and Ligaments confounded and mingled together, yet so that there are more fibres or strings of the Ligaments then of the Nerues, whence it is that the ten∣don is sixe yea ten fould thicker then a nerue.

And the reason of this mixture is because the ligament of it selfe and by his own Na¦ture immoouable and insensible, could not alone performe a voluntary motion: and a∣gaine * 1.32 the nerue because of his softnesse and slight or thinne texture was not able to draw the vast bulke or magnitude of the members: and therefore it behoued to make of them both a mixt organ which should be harder and stiffer then the nerue for strength, and sof∣ter and more pliable then the Ligament for motion: and such is a Tendon partaking of the Nature of them both, so becomming of a middle disposition betweene them; more sensible and weaker then a ligament, stronger and lesse sensible then a nerue.

Furthermore, we must remember that all muscles haue not Tendons or Chords, as the Muscles of the Tongue, the Testicles, the Lippes, the Fore-head, the Yarde and the 2. Sphincters: but onely those which are mooued either strongly, or vehemently, or conti∣nually. Those that are ordayned for the motion of bodies doe alwayes end and deter∣mine into Tendons either greater or lesse, and are inserted not into the iuncture or very ioynt of the bones, nor into the ends of that bone from which they arise, but for the most * 1.33 part into the head of the bone which is to be mooued wrapping it about. The Muscles also which moue continually though their motion bee neither strong nor vehement, yet they stand in neede of a Tendon: and therefore the muscles of the eyes are not without them.

CHAP. IIII. What is the action of a Muscle, and the differences of the motions thereof.

A Muscle as it is an Animall Organ hath one and but one action to wit, Mo∣tion: the Nature of which Motion is not obuious or easily knowne of all. Galen in the eight Chapter of his first Booke de motu musculorum acknow∣ledgeth foure differences of motions in these wordes: The Muscles are ey∣ther * 1.34 contracted or extended, or sinke of themselues, or else remaine streatched or distended.

Contraction is the proper and ingenit action of the Muscle; for whilest it moueth a∣ny part whether it houldeth it stedfast when it is bent, or bendeth it being before stretched or distended, it is alwaies contracted or drawne vnto his owne originall, that is, towards his head. Now that contraction is the proper action of euery muscle, hence it appea∣reth that if the muscle bee cut a two in the middest ouerthwart his body, you shall see the one part contracted vpward and the other part contracted downwards.

The second motion of the Muscle is Extention, which is not proper but aduentitious * 1.35 or accidentall: for when the contracted Muscle is extended it is loosened by another and not by it selfe: and therefore almost euery muscle hath ioyned vnto him a companion, nay rather an Emulus Concurrent or aduersary, because it is the author of a motion con∣trary to his: As for example, euery flexor or bending muscle hath a tensor or extending muscle; euery adductor, that is, which moueth toward hath an abductor which moueth fro∣ward; * 1.36 euery leuator or lifting muscle hath a depressor or sinking muscle. VVhen as ther∣fore a muscle which is contracted is also extended, in this extention it followeth the mo∣tion of his Antagonist or Aduersary, so that the extētion is not the proper motion of the muscle that was contracted, but rather his passion then his action.

There is a third motion of a Muscle which is yet more improper, in which it is neither contracted nor relaxed but falleth with his own weight, and this is called translation or de∣cidence and sinking: this motion is not from the Soule but from the Elementary fourme, for the part not illustrated with the beames of the Animall spirite falleth with his owne weight, and so the part is moued the mouing faculty being at rest. So Galen sayth that the * 1.37 tremor or trembling, which the common people cal the shaking Palsey, commeth to passe by an equal contention or strife betweene the moouing facultie and the moued member; for the faculty lifteth the member vp, and the waight of the member sinketh it selfe again, and so from that vicissitude or enterchange of lifting vp and falling down commeth the trembling.

The last motion of the Muscle we call Tonicall, wherein the fibres of the Muscles are * 1.38 streatched and so remaine; so that the part seemeth indeed to bee immouable but yet in trueth is really moued. This motion is most euident in Birds when they flye or glide in the ayre with their wings stiffe streatched and seeming immouable; a man also standeth * 1.39 by this motion, and so a Pismire moueth vpward vpon a staffe as fast as the staffe descen∣deth downward.

Of this motion Galen speaketh when hee sayeth, that euen in sleepe the Muscles doe moue. There are therefore in all foure motions of the Muscles, two performed by them∣selues, and those are contraction and the conseruation of that which is contracted which * 1.40 second motion is that we cal Tonicall: for such is the Nature of successiues or succeeding motions, that they are no lesse accomplished when they are conserued then when they are first made.

The two other contrary to the former are by accident, to wit, Extention and Deci∣dense; Contraction, Extention and the Tonical motion haue sometimes extream some∣times * 1.41 middle figures or postures. All extreame positions are painefull, those that are meane are easie or pleasant: the extreame wee cannot long endure vnlesse wee bend our minde and power vnto it: the meane we easily endure when wee thinke not of it. And therefore whilest we sleepe we very rarely suffer any extreame flections or extentions of the Muscles, and then onely when the fancy worketh exceeding strongly: otherwise the Muscles are inclined rather then bent to either side, as Hippocrates obserueth in Prognosti∣co: They lye (sayth hee) when they sleepe with their Thighes, Handes and Feete moderately re∣flected or inclined, because at that time the strength of the Animall actions is not ceased but on∣ly abated.

Men also in their sleepe haue not so strong Tonnical motions as when they are awake, as we may perceiue in the sphincter muscles which shut vp the waies of the excrements, which perfourme indeede their Tonnicall motion in a good sound sleepe, but if the vio∣lence of the excrement be great they either cease their motion and so the excrement a∣uoydeth, or else the faculty being distressed calleth for more helpe, and so the party awa∣keth and becommeth more able to hould his owne. But it is worthy obseruation that all muscles when they moue are crooked, and when they rest are stretcht: and the reason * 1.42 is, because being contracted they become broader and shorter, and longer when they are relaxed: but from this generall rule, the muscles of the Abdomen & the Intercostall mus∣cles or those betweene the ribbes are to be exempted, for when they are relaxed and the contention remitted they grow crooked, which I thinke happeneth by reason of the laxe and yeilding emptinesse of the chest and the lower belly.

CHAP. V. Wherein all the differences of Muscles are showne.

THE Muscles doe differ among themselues in their substance, quantity, fi∣gure, site, originall, insertion, fibres, parts, vse and action. If you consider the substance, some are fleshy all ouer as the sphincters and muscles of the * 1.43 tongue others are almost all neruous or membranous, as that abductor or fro-ward muscle of the Legge which is called Membranosus or fascia••ata, the broad Rowler.

The quantity considereth the dimensions; now dimension is threefould. Length, and * 1.44 hence some Muscles are long, as the right muscles of the abdomen and the abductor of the Legge, and some short. Bredth and hence some are broad as the oblique and transuerse muscles of the abdomen, and the broade muscle which beareth down the arme, and others narrow: the last dimension is altitude whence some are thicke, as the two large muscles called Vasti, and some are thinne or slender; so much for the quantity.

The figures of the Muscles are manifould, some like a Mouse, some like a Snake, some like a Plaice. Againe, some are triangle, some quadrangle, some fiue cornerd, some py∣ramidall * 1.45 or spiry, and some orbicular or round. To this kinde we may referre the Mus∣cles called Deltoides, Rhomboides, Scalenus, Trapezius and such like.

From the situation, the diuision or difference of Muscles is very elegant: this site * 1.46 wee consider in the position of the fibres and in the differences of place: from the posi∣tion or tract of the fibres some muscles are right, some oblique and some transuerse. The oblique are are most fitte for oblique or side motions, the right for more exact flexion or extention.

The differences of the place according to the length doe make the muscles higher or lower: according to the breadth, right and left: according to the height, forward, backe∣ward, internall and external. Those occupy the inside which bend the part and those the out side which doe extend it: and so much for the site.

In respect of the originall some arise from Bones, and these now from their heads or * 1.47 extuberations when they behoued to be greater; now a little lower or from the cauities; sometimes from one bone sometimes from more; others from Gristles, as the proper muscles of the Larynx or throttle; others from a membrane incompassing the Tendons or Chords, as those which are called Vermiculares or the wormy muscles; others from o∣ther parts, as the sphincters.

The difference from the insertion is; that some are inserted into a bone, some into a Gristle, as those of the throttle and the eye-lids; others into a membrane, as those which * 1.48 mooue the eye; others into the skinne, as those of the lippes; others into other bodies: some also there are which hauing distinct originals doe yet end and determine into one part: and some againe hauing but one originall are inserted into diuers parts. And so much of the insertion.

Now if you marke the texture of the Fibres, they are of one kinde almost in all Mus∣cles: and yet there want not some which haue two or three kinde of fibres manifestly ap∣pearing * 1.49 in them, as that which is called Pectoralis and Trapezius, as also the Muscles of the Lippes, from whence come their diuers and different motions.

The eight difference of Muscles, is from the diuersitie of three parts; now by parts in this place I meane both the especiall parts of the Muscle it selfe, and those parts or places * 1.50 wherein such Muscles are seated. The parts of the Muscles are three as we haue sayd, the

Head the Belly and the Tayle. Most Muscles haue but one Head, some two, and some three, from whence they are called Bicipites and Tricipites. The Belly sometimes is one and sometimes two as in the Muscle which shutteth the lower Iaw and that of the bone Hyois which is at the roote of the Tongue, which Muscles from their double bellies are called Digastrici. The Tendon is in some broade and membranous, in others round, in some short, in others long, in some perforated, in others there is none at all, in others but one, and in others many Tendons: sometimes also you shall perceiue diuers Muscles to determine into one Tendon, as in the leg of the Twins & the Soale is made one Chord or Tendon.

From the parts in which the Muscles are seated they haue also names to distinguish them from others, as Crotaphitae or temporall Muscles, Rachitae or Spinati, that is, Thorny * 1.51 Muscles, and Iliaci, that is, Muscles of the Ilia or Flankes. Finally the most necessary dif∣ference of Muscles, as I thinke, is taken from their vse and action. The action of a Muscle is voluntary motion: therefore according to the variety of their actions shall be the diffe∣rences * 1.52 of the Muscles; which I am wont to referre to three especiall ones. The first shall be this. Muscles are either of a kindered, or of an aduerse faction. I call those a kin which do conspire and agree into one and the same worke, as the two Flexors, and the two ex∣tensors, the one of which vseth to occupie the right, the other the left side. Those of the aduerse faction are called Antagonists opposites or Concurrents, which performe actions contrary or succeeding one to another. For euery Muscle almost hath set vnto him ano∣ther, whose action is contrary to his, as to a flexor is set a tensor, to a leuator is set a depressor to an adductor is set an abductor onely we must except the two spincters, and the Crema∣sters or hanging Muscles.

Those that are a kinne are almost alwayes alike in magnitude number and strength, but the opposites are not alwayes so equall, but vary much according to the weight of the part which is to be mooued, or the vehemency of the action. So they are but two which bow the head, but to stretch it out and lift it vp there are twelue. Againe, there are many which close the neather Iaw, and but onely two that open it: for heauy things or parts do easily fall with their owne weight.

Of these Muscles which are of a kinne Galen hath left this rule. As often as those mus∣cles which are of a kinne are in opposite parts equall in number, magnitude and strength, the re∣solution * 1.53 of one makes the conuulsion of the other. And of the opposites or Antagonists he wri∣teth thus in his first booke de motu Musculorum. Of those motions that succeeed one another if one perish the other must needs be taken away. For if that which extendeth bee cut a sunder, the part indeed shall be contracted or bent, but it shall alwayes so remaine because the muscle that should extend is cut asunder.

The second difference of Muscles taken from the variety of their motion or action shall be this. Some Muscles moue themselues, others other bodyes. They which mooue * 1.54 themselues are the spincters of the fundament and the bladder: they which moue another body beside their owne mooue a bone, or some other thing then a bone. Those which moue a bone doe end in Tendons either greater or lesse: they which moue another thing beside a bone, some of them haue Tendons, and some haue none. They which moue such parts as are easily moued haue none, because their motion is not vehement as the Muscles of the Tongue and of the Testicles; but the Muscles of the Eyes haue Tendons, because being continently and perpetually mooued, though it bee but a small part yet it needes a strong moouer.

The third difference of the Muscles taken from the varietie of their actions respecteth their peculiar motions which are diuers; from whence they are called Flexores, Tensores, * 1.55 Attollentes, Deprimentes. Adductores, Abductores, Rotatorii, Circumagentes, Masseteres, Cremasteres, Spincteres. That is, Benders, Stretchers, Heauers, Sinkers, Too-ward, Fro-ward, Rowlers, Compassers, Mangers, Hangers and Binders.

CHAP. VI. Of the number of Muscles.

THE Authours of Anatomie haue not agreed vpon their verdict concerning the number of the Muscles, neither to say trueth is the euidence so pregnant as to ingage a mans faith; some doe acknowledge more, and some fewer, some there are which looking with spectacles make many of one, and these increase the number, happily beyond the stint of Nature; some againe are so

thicke sighted that of many they make one.

Wee in this one Chapter will comprise the whole forrest and confusion of Muscles into a briefe summe. Siluius hath giuen them almost all proper names, either from their action, vse, figure, or the similitude of some outward thing, which because they seeme to * 1.56 represent the matter with more life, and are beside a great helpe to memory, wee will re∣taine them in our History.

The Muscles therefore in the whole summe are foure hundred and fiue. First 2. of the forehead, 6. of the eye-lids, on each side 3; two doe open them, and foure shut them. The Eye is rowled after a strange volubility by 12. Muscles, 6. in each eye, the heauer, the sinker, the too-ward, the fro-ward, and 2. rowlers.

The outward Eare is moued by sixe, 3. the right and 3. the left: two dilate the Nostrils and 2. contract them. The Lippes haue nine, 4. moue vpward and as many downward, and the ninth is called Buccinator or the Puffer, Winder, Sounder or Trumpeter. The lo∣wer Iaw hath tenne which moue it vpward, downward, forward, backeward and on both sides. The bone of the Tongue called Hyois (if at least it may bee called a bone) 8. mus∣cles doe suspend and establish. The Tongue is moued like an Ecle, vpward downward, forward backward and to the sides, by 10. muscles. The Choppes haue eight, 4. on ey∣ther side which helpe the swallowing. The Larynx or Throttle is dilated, constringed, o∣pened and shut by 14: foure common and ten proper. The Head hath likewise 14: sixe greater and 8. small ones. The Necke hath eight, 4. to bend it and as many to extend it. * 1.57 The Shoulder-blade hath all his motions performed by 8. peculiar muscles, foure in each shoulder-blade, Trapezius, Leuator Proprius, Serratus minor & Rhomboides, that is, the Ta∣ble, the proper Heauer, the lesser Saw and the Plaice. The Armes are each of them mo∣ued with 8. their names are Deltoides, supra-spinatus, latissimus, rotundus maior, pectoralls, Infra-spinatus, rotundus minor & subscapularis, that is, the halfe Lozenge or triangle; the Ridge-blade or blade-ridge muscle, the broad muscle or Pruritane or claw-backe, the great Bowle, the Pectorall, the Snaile, the lesser Bowle and the Lurker. The Cubit hath foure, in each 2. benders and 2. stretchers: the 2. benders are called Biceps & Brachiaeus: the 2. stretchers are called the Long and the Short. The Radij haue each of them foure, two fore-bowers, the round and the square muscles, and as many backe-bowers. The VVrest is bent by two, and extended by other two. The Fingers (excepting the thumbe) haue 3. benders, Palmaris, Sublimis and Profundus, the Palme muscle, the Floating muscle and the Deep muscle, and foure stretchers; 4. too-ward which are called Vetmiculares or the wormes, and 6. fro-ward called also Interossei, because they lye among the bones; in all 17. The thumbe hath nine, 1. bender, 2. stretchers, 3. too-wards, and as many fro-wards. There is also in the little finger a peculiar muscle which moueth it froward the rest, so that in each hand there are 27.

The Muscles seruing for Respiration are in all 65. of which 32. doe distend or dilate the Chest, and as many contract it. Valuable to all which for both vses is the odde Mid∣riffe. As for those 11. internall and externall, which are fancied to bee betweene the gri∣stles of the ribbes we doe not acknowledge them sayeth Laurentius. The Abdomen hath 10. muscles, 4. oblique, 2. right, 2. transuerse and 2. small or pyramidall muscles. The back is moued by ten, 5. on each side. The Fundament hath foure, 2. sphincters and 2. heauers. The Bladder hath 1. sphincter. The Testicles haue 2 muscles called Cremasteres or hangers and suspendors. The Yarde hath 4. The Thighes are each of them bent by two called Psoas and Iliacus, and three stretchers, which are they that make the substance of the But∣tocks, there also are too-ward muscles and 6. froward, 2. obturatores, and 4. twinnes cal∣led quadrigemini, wherefore the muscles of the thigh are in all 28.

The Legge hath foure benders called postici or the posterne muscles, and so many stretchers, the right, the 2. Vast & the Crureus; two are too-ward, the Long and the Ham muscles, and 1. is fro-ward called membranosus, so that the muscles of the Legges are two and twenty.

The Foote hath 2. that bend it, that is altogether in the in-step called Tibiaeus anticus & Peroneus, and 4. which stretch it, 2. twinnes Soleus and Plantaris.

The Toes haue 2. benders, Sublimis & Profundus and 2. stretchers, 4. too-wards called the VVormes, 8. frowards called Interossei. The great Toe hath 1. bender, 1. proper stret∣cher, 1 too-ward and another fro-ward. There is also one peculiar fro-ward muscle of the little Toe, so that in each foote there be 21. muscles for the mouing of the Toes. The to∣tall

summe of all these in the whole body is foure hundred and fiue: whether thou wilt add more or make these fewer, for my own part saith Laurentius I do not greatly care, no more doe wee but haste on to our peculiar Historie of the Muscles of each part, beginning with those of the Head.

CHAP. VII. Of the muscles which moue the skinne of the Head.

WE haue saide before that the skinne of the Head is moued according to our good pleasures, in some men all of it round about, but in most onely the skin * 1.58 of the forehead and the face. The Antients, as Galen for example in his 11. Booke de vsu partium and the fifteenth chapter, thought that this motion came from a thinne and musculous substance which is subiected or lyeth vn∣der the skinne of the forehead and is vnited thereto as the palmes of the hands and Soales of the foote are vnited with their Tendon. But the late writers with more euidence of truth by curious obseruation haue found out and allotted to euery part of the face his pe∣culiar muscles, for we call all that the face that may be seene outwardly. Some of these are * 1.59 in the forepart of the face, as the forehead, the Eyelids, and the nose: others in the backe part of the head called occipitium; some on both sides, as in the eares the lippes and the cheekes.

The skinne of the forehead (which by his tension and corrugation, that is, smooth∣nesse * 1.60 or wrinkling demonstrateth the manifold affections of the mind) is mooued not one∣ly by the helpe of the fleshy membrane, growne more fleshy as Vesalius thought, and so be∣ing vnited to the flesh vnder it, passeth into a musculous substance furnished with right fi∣bres, but also by two muscles, as appeareth both by the course of their fibres and by their motions; the fibres appeare in these after the maner of other muscles, and their motions is not like the motion of the fleshy membrane.

Falopius also and Platerus haue giuen them names. Fallopius calleth them the first paire moouing the skinne of the head, and Platerus, the muscles of the affections. These are seated in the forehead, and doe arise aboue where the haire determines sometime as high as the crowny seame neare the temporall muscles, the right at the right and the left at the left temple (where the fleshy membrane cleaueth so close to the scull-skinne and the scull itselfe, that it is altogether immooueable, that the forehead and the eye brows might be mooued when their membrane is at rest) and toward the common seame which distin∣guisheth the bones of the head from those of the vpper iaw are implanted with right fi∣bres aboue the eyes and the nose into the skinne at the browes, as at the parts which are * 1.61 to be mooued: for when the browes are mooued they draw in a straight line together with them the skinne of the forehead. I said right fibres and not oblique as some haue thought and therfore Chirurgions must obserue that in opening apostemations in that place, they make not their insitions ouerthwart as the wrinkles of the skin doe goe, but according to those right fibres.

Wee must also obserue that these two muscles are a little disioyned in the middest to∣ward the top of the forehead, and that is the reason why the vpper part of the forehead is not mooued; but at the toppe of the nose, where also they become more fleshy they are so ioyned that they seeme to be but one muscle. But that they are two, not onely Anato∣m••e but also reason and experience do teach; reason, because Nature hath made all mem∣bers * 1.62 double that the body might be equally ballanced: Experience, because we finde that if one of them be either taken with the palsey or wounded ouerthwart, the affected onely looseth his motion and not the other, whereas if there were but one, there should be no motion at all. And Columbus maketh mention of a Cardinall whose left muscle suffe∣ring * 1.63 convultion by reason of a wound he receiued aboue his brow, did notwithstanding moue the halfe of his forehead. Againe, when we are mooued to displeasure, wee con∣tract and wrinkle the skinne in the middle of the forehead, so that the browes doe almost touch one another: which contraction of the skinne could not bee made if there were but one muscle.

The vse of these muscles is by the contraction of their fibres to lift vp the browes to∣gether with the skinne of the forehead, and vpon their relaxation to settle them againe. * 1.64 For the forehead is mooued as Galen elegantly discourseth in his 11. Booke de vsu partium and the fourteenth Chapter because of the eyes: for when the forehead is lifted vppe the browes also flie vpward and the eyes are better opened to fee more at once. And againe,

when the eyes are shut for feare of any thing which should rush vpon them, they are better and more strongly closed by the falling of the browes and the forehead. The muscles * 1.65 which draw the sinne of the head backeward are two, one either side one, arising verie slender from the transuerse line of the occiput or nowle of the head, into which line the second muscle of the shoulder-blade called cuculiaris or the Cowle doth determine: from this line doe runne fibres directly vpward and make these muscles, which are very short & not aboue an inch, but yet so broade that either of them toucheth the eare of his owne side, and they end into a thinne and broad Tendon, which seemeth to be made of the fle∣shy membrane, and occupyeth or compasseth the whole head and the fore-muscles of the eare, and ioyneth also together the muscles of the forehead. The vse of these 2. mus∣cles is to draw the Skinne of the Head backeward; and therefore Columbus thought that * 1.66 they drewe also the eye-browes and instanceth in the example of one Iohannes Antenius Platus, who could moue the whole skinne of his head very strongly as also could Colum∣bus himselfe. But as the muscles of the forehead are neuer wanting, so these of the nowle and the fore-muscles of the eares (as Falopius and Platerus haue also obserued) are but sel∣dome sound.

Beside these Aquapendens ascribeth to the eye-browes a round muscle differing from the circular muscle of the eye-lids, because that of the browes hath thicker and more fle∣shy * 1.67 fibres, and beside is somewhat larger; drawing the brow especially downeward to the eye, and being like vnto a Ring attracteth also the lower lid very strongly.

CHAP. VIII. Of the Muscles of the Eye lids.

WHat the Motions of the Eye-lids are and their necessities, as also of what kind Voluntary or Naturall with other circumstāces thereto belonging, we haue declared before in their History. Nowe concerning the number of * 1.68 these muscles whereby these motions are effected, I finde great difference betweene Galen and the late Writers, and amongest the late writers them∣selues.

Galen and the ancients with whome Vesalius and Syluius doe agree do make two, deui∣ding the orbicular muscle of which we shall treate anon into two: one lifting vp the Lid, the other bearing it downe. Laurentius is of the same mind for the deuision of this mus∣cle but not for the Vse, for he thinketh that they both serue to shut the vpper Lid: so that it should seem that Galen and those that side with him did not know of any muscle which should open the eie. Falopius, Platerus, Bauhine, Laurentius and Aquapendes affirme, that for the opning of the eye there is but one muscle. Columbus and Archangelus say there are two; the first wee admit, the second wee say serueth to rowle the eye. But to passe by these contentions you shall giue me leaue to resolue the matter thus.

The motions of the Eye-lids are performed by two muscles, one right in the vpper Lid which lifteth it vp, and the other round. The right muscle (which Galen knew not, neither Vesalius nor Syluius, but Falopius challēgeth the inuention of) which lifteth vp the * 1.69 vpper Lid [ta. 1. ^M] is seated within the concauity of the bones in the vpper part of the or be aboue and neare the muscle which lifteth vp the eye to which in figure it is very like, and fleshy but lesse, and ariseth backeward at the in-let of the opticke nerue from the same o∣riginall with the other muscles which mooue the eye, and being directly stretched to the vpper Lid is inserted with a broade tendon into his end or cartilage. His vse is by con∣tracting his fibres inward to draw the vpper Lidde vpward (for the lower setleth into his place of his owne accord) and so vncouering the eye it openeth it.

The semicircular or round Muscle [ta. 1. ^•] is seated betwixt the fleshy membrane & that which is produced from the Pericranium or Scull-skinne, and is membranous and very * 1.70 thinne or slender, yet a little increased by certaine circular and fleshy fibres which he bor∣roweth from the fleshy membrane, and so standeth halfe round in either Lid.

It ariseth with a sharpe beginning at the roote of the nose in the great and inward angle of the lower Lidde where the common suture is betweene the heade and the vp∣per iaw, * 1.71 from thence it proceedeth all along the latitude or breadth of the same Lid, and is instantly inlarged and returned to the outward angle toward the vpper part of the orb, * 1.72 and passing on by the vpper Lid is inserted with a sharp end into the vpper side of the in∣ner * 1.73 angle, and so maketh an exact circle, compassing the outward circumference of both the Liddes. Yet Falopius excepteth the inner part of the great angle, from which it is

prohibited that it might not be altogether circular.

His vse is, that being drawne toward his originall, it might at one and the same time moue the vpward eyelid downeward and the lower vpward, thereby ioyning and binding them together. And that this is so, it appeareth as well by the continuitie of the fibres * 1.74 in the circumference and in the angle, as also by the motion in the same angle, especially if it be a little more constrained so as wee must needs winke something withall: and this may be manifestly perceiued both by the sight and by the touch. For nothing ioyned can be strictly drawne together so as they touch one another, vnlesse some parts be drawn vpward and some downeward. This muscle in respect of his fibres which are continuall is most truely said to be one, but in respect of the two lids may bee called two semicircu∣lar * 1.75 muscles: for being separated they make a halfe circle, but ioyned together, they make it perfect. This muscle Galen knew, and in his tenth booke de vsu partium at the ninth chapter, he prooueth how all the motions of the eye lids are absolued by it, hee deuideth it also and addeth, that one of them draweth too the great angle toward the Nose, and the other vnto the lesse toward the Eare, and that when the first draweth the lid is depres∣sed, but lifted vppe with the latter. But because the fibres of this muscle are continuall * 1.76 through the whole lid, although it also bee mooued vpward and downeward, yet is there no muscle which hath right motion but onely this forenamed circular muscle which draweth it vpward, indeed but rather toward the inward angle or corner, as it were to his beginning, as euery man may perceiue by touching that part in himselfe; and yet I know that some thinke this motion proceedeth from the motion of the cheekes.

Wee conclude therefore that the motion of the lids is accomplished by two muscles, one right, which being in the vpper lid eleuateth it; the other orbicular or round and is in * 1.77 both the lids, which when it is stretched doth at the same time draw the lower lid vpwards and the vpper lid downewards: and when there is need of a stronger contraction or closer shutting together, then also the orbicular muscle of the eye browes whereof we made mention before is drawne into bee assistant, like as when wee would open the eye more staringly, the muscles of the forehead do much helpe vs.

Hee that would demonstrate these nice and curious muscles, must haue a very small knife and very keene, wherewith he must first separate the skinne in the meane time taking * 1.78 care that he doe not cut the fibres of the muscle, especially in the angles: then shall he sepa∣rate the muscle below at the Tarsus or edge of the lid, and aboue at the eye brow. Falopius in his obseruations confesseth that he was a long time of the same opinion with Galen and Vesalius, but in the yeare 1553. tooke knowledge of his error, being admonished partly by Oribasius in his booke de dissectione musculorum, and the 29. chapter, and partly by diffec∣ting the eye of a fish called Phoca, which is the Sea-calfe, which fish mooueth both his Eye lids. But we proceed vnto the muscles of the Eyes.

CHAP IX. Of the muscles of the Eyes.

BEcause our Eyes were giuen vs as spies and scout-watches that wee might pursue profitable things and auoyde whatsoeuer is hurtfull, Nature made not them immoueable, for then they should haue discerned only that which was opposite vnto them, for so saith Aristotle in his second booke de partibus Animal & in the tenth chapter. We see per directum, that is, by a streight line not in euery position saith Galen, because oblique, side, backward, higher and lower obiects do not fall in with the ball of the Eye. Wherefore it behooued they should be so dispo∣sed that they might moue and turne them selues on euery side at their pleasure. These mo∣tions according to Galen in the third chapter of his first book de motu musculorum are sixe * 1.79 in number, and therfore each eye must haue sixe muscles, in beasts there are seauen, espe∣cially such as goe on all foure, which deceiued Galen and some late writers, who were ac∣customed onely to dissect the Eyes of brute beasts, yet hath the Ape but sixe: The seuenth where it is, may be deuided into two three or foure in men, as I sayd, they are sixe accor∣ding to the sixe motions of a mans Eye, fower of which motions are right, vpward, down∣ward to the right hand & to the left: two motions are oblique, to which belong 2. oblique muscles, whose vse is to rowle the Eye about: notwithstanding one of these is exactly ob∣lique, the other partly right and partly oblique.

All these muscles are seated on the backeside of the Eye within the cauitie of the * 1.80 Scull whither they accompany the Opticke nerue: and so remaining in their position the

eye, and they together do make a pyramidall figure. [Tab. 1. fig. 6 and 7] Among these the thicker and more corpulent are the right Muscles, which haue all the same structure, ori∣ginal and insertion, and do passe straight all along the length of the eye, the oblique are lesse fleshy. These Muscles are all small, that they might bee sooner mooued, but that * 1.81 which helpeth most the volubility of their motion is the round figure (which is the swif∣test of all other motions as we may perceyue by the roundnesse of the heauens) for by it euen in a moment they are conueyed ouer the one halfe of the sky.

The foure right Muscles meeting towards the roote of the Nerue Opticke, doe arise with a sharpe beginning from the lower part of the Orbe which is made by the Wedge∣bone, * 1.82 hard by the passage through which the Nerue of Sight doth yssue.

I know there be some who imagine that they arise from a mixture of the Dura Mater, and a Nerue of the second paire. Others, from the Membrane which compasseth the Orbe of the eye, and that other Membrane which inuesteth the Nerue Opticke: some * 1.83 from the Pericranium as Aquapendens, but we will rest vpon Bauhines opinion for their o∣riginall. Their whole bodies are fleshy, and they beare out their bellies rounde when they come forward, and a little aboue the middle of the eye they determine into abroad thin and Membranous Tendon, where-with they compasse the whole eye before, and grow very strongly to the horny tunicle neere vnder the Rain-bow in the great Circle: * 1.84 and these tendons ioyned together do make that namelesse coate of Columbus, and the halfe-transparent white of the eye: for I thinke that this whitenesse is caused rather by the Tendons of these Muscles then by the coate which they call Adnata or the cleauing coate.

But we will giue you a more particular description of them seuerally. The first [tab. 2. fig. 1. 3. 4. ^D fig. 5. ♌] which is the third (according to Galen and Vesalius) is placed aboue, fleshy and round, thicker then the rest, and greater and stronger it is then the second, lif∣ting vp the eye toward the browes: for there is more strength required to lift any thing vp then to pull it downe; it is called the proud Muscle, because the motion thereof lifteth

[illustration]

TABVLA. II.

[illustration]

FIG. I.

[illustration]

FIG. II.

[illustration]

FIG. III.

[illustration]

FIG. IV.

[illustration]

FIG. V.

[illustration]

Table 2 figu. 1. sheweth many Muscles of the eye in their owne seats. Figu. 2. sheweth the eye rowled vpwarde whereby his Muscles may be perceiued. Figur: & 4. sheweth the Muscles of the eie separated before and be∣hinde with theyr Nerues. Figu. 5. Is the eie of an O••••, with his Muscles seuered at Vesalius doth shew it.

• C, the Muscle lifting vp the eyelid.
• D. 1, 3, 4. The right vpper muscle of the eie in 3 & 4 with the Nerue.
• E, 2. 3, 4. the right lower Muscle of the eie in 3 and 4 with the Nerue.
• F, 1, 2, 3, 4. the right external Muscle of the eye.
• G 1, 2, 3, 4, the right internal Muscle of the eye.
• H, 1, 2. 3, 4. the oblique superior muscle of the pulley, whose tendon is marked with a and the pulley with b.
• 1, 2, 3, 4. the oblique inferiour muscle of the eye.
• a 1, 2, the tendon of the oblicke superiour Muscle.
• α, β, the second Muscle of the eyelid lying in the cauitie of the eye, whose broade Tendon β is inserted into the eielid.
• γ, 5, the haires of the eyebrowes.
• ♌ ••, two right Muscles leading the eye vp∣ward and downward.
• ζ, n. 5. Two right Muscles mouing vnto the right and left side.
• B 1, 5. two oblique muscles lightly turning the eye.
• μ, Λ. The seauenth Muscle which may be di∣uided into more.

vp the eye with a kinde of disdaine.

The second [tab. 2. f. 2, 3, 4. ^• f. 5. ••] is placed in the lower part opposite to the first, and * 1.85 according to Galen and Vesalius it is the fourth: it draweth the eye downeward towardes the Cheekes, and therefore needed not to be so great as the former; for the eye decli∣neth with his owne weight: it is called the depressor and the humble Muscle, because in bashfulnesse we draw our eyes downward toward the lower lid.

The third [tab. 2. f. 1, 2, 3, 4, ^G. f. 5. ζ] according to Galen and Vesalius the first, is seated * 1.86 in the greater angle, and leadeth the eye inward toward the nose, and is called the To-lea∣der and Bibitorius, we may call it the squinting Muscle.

The fourth [Tab. 2. fig. 1. 2. 3. 4. F fig. 5. n] the second according to Galen and Vesalius, * 1.87 is opposite to the third, seated on the outside of the eye which it draweth outward to the lesser angle or to the temples, & is called the Fro-leader or the muscle of Indignation or the VVayward muscle.

By these foure if they moue together the eye is drawne inward, stablished and con∣teyned, which kinde of looke we in our language call a wiste-looke, the motion the Latins call Tonicall.

The fift [tab. 2. fig. 2. 3. 4. I fig. 5. B] is the fift also according to Galen and Vesalius, but the sixt according to Falopius, Platerus and Laurentius. It is seated on the outside in the * 1.88 lower cauity, and ariseth betweene the eye and the tendons of the second and fourth mus∣cles (which is the reason why some haue thought that it taketh his beginning from the eie and is againe inserted into the same) from that cleft which appeareth like a suture of the bone of the lower orbe where the first bone of the Iawe is ioyned with the fourth: some∣times it ariseth with a fleshy beginning from a bony scale.

It is slender, round, short and exactly oblique, and passeth obliquely toward the out∣ward * 1.89 angle, as it were to embrace the eye with a short and somewhat round tendon, and is implanted with a thin and sinnowy end in an oblique line by the Rainbowes side nere * 1.90 the insertion of the sixt muscle: so that sometimes the tendons of them both seeme one and the same.

To recite here the altercations of Anatomists about this muscle would rather intan∣gle our Readers then giue them any great satisfaction; especially seeing such learned men to whome so curious disquisitions will not seeme tedious, may repaire to those fountains from whence we haue deriued these riuerets: we passe vnto the vse, which is by the con∣traction of his fibres to rowle the eye obliquely downward toward the outward angle.

The sixt [Tab. 2. fig. 1. 2. 3. 4. H fig. 5. ••] so also according to Galen and Vesalius, but the * 1.91 fift according to Fallopius, Platerus and Laurentius is seated on the inside and the vpper part yet vnder the right muscles, and is partly right and partly oblique. It ariseth from * 1.92 the same place with that which draweth the eie directly to the inner angle at the side of the opticke nerues passage on the backe of the orbe.

It determineth as well in man as in beastes into a round small and long [tab. 2. fig. 1, and 2. ^a] tendon almost at the vtmost skirt or edge of the inward angle. * 1.93

This Tendon is reflected through a small gristle hollowed like a cane or pipe, and * 1.94 placed in the greater angle which Falopius first of all found out, and called it Trochlea or the pulley, and thence proceeding obliquely to the right angle [tab. 2. fig. 1. and 2. B but in the 3. and 4. fig. it is sliuen from the bone] toward the vpper part of the eye, it is inferted betweene the first and the fift muscles somewhat oblique; all which time the foresayde * 1.95 Tendon is compassed about with a certaine Ligament as it were with a sheath. This Muscle being drawne inward to his originall with his tendon, he turneth the eye in a cir∣cular motion to the inward angle. These two the one aboue the other below, are cal∣led the Rowlers or the Muscles of Loue: the sixt also some call musculum trochleae, or the Muscle of the Pulley.

The seauenth Muscle which is for the most part found in bruite beastes [tab. 2. figu. 5. * 1.96 χ] is set vnder the former sixe, and hath of it selfe that figure which the former sixe doe together make: it is short and compasseth round the opticke nerue [table 2. fig. 5. Λ] yet is * 1.97 there some fatte betweene them; proceeding forward it is dilated, imbracing the whole globe of the eye at the roote; it maketh also a circle euen as the foure first neare the Rain∣bow * 1.98 did make a circle with their Chordes: at his insertion which is into the hard tunicle of the eye, it becommeth fleshy and may be deuided into 3. or 4. so as Galen doubteth whi∣ther it be one, or double, or treble.

The vse of this muscle is to tye vp and strengthen the eies of bruite beastes hanging alwaies downeward that they should not fall with their owne waight; it also encompas∣seth * 1.99 the nerue opticke making his passage more straight, so as in violent concussions or motions it may neither leane against the bone nor be indangered by distention.

This Muscle, Nature or the God of Nature rather did not see needfull for man; be∣cause * 1.100 he hath a countenance erected vp to heauen; and if at any time he be constrayned to looke downeward, hee hath all the right muscles with their ioynt strength to sustaine the Eye, because they growe with their fibres to the membrane which compasseth the orbe.

To finde out the Muscles of the eye, when the braine is taken away you must cut the * 1.101 orbe at each corner euen to the nerue opticke with a Saw, hauing a great care least the Trochlea or Pully which is in the inner angle bee offended. Then you must separate the Pericranium from the bone, and breake the vpper part of the orbe backeward, then take a∣way the fat, and so shall you perceiue the muscles of the eye-liddes and of the eyes them∣selues together with their vessels: and if you would obserue the proper and peculiar mo∣tion of euery muscle; you must preserue them in their proper position, and tye to euery one of them a thred not far from their tendons and then draw the thred. You may also take the eye whole out of the orbe together with the Trochlea which is in the inner angle, and so demonstrate what you please. And thus much of the Muscles of the Eye.

CHAP. X. Of the Muscles of the outward Eare.

ALthough most commonly mens Eares are immouable, and few there bee who haue any sensible motion of them; yet that the moouing faculty may flow into them is manifest as well by their muscles whose action is motion, as also by the nerues which thereabouts are commonly seene. Now the reason why this motion is so rare and so hardly perceiued is three-fould.

• A 1, 2, The muscle of the forehead and the right fibres thereof.
• B 1, 2. The temporall muscle. αβγ 2, His semicircular originall,
• CE 1, the first muscle of the eye-lidde compassing the whole lid.
• FD 1, the third muscle of the wing of the nose which endeth into the vpper lip.
• GH 1, the muscle of the vpper lip.
• ••1, the broad Mouse-muscle stretched ouer the cheeks and all the lower parts.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 the circumscription or circumference of this mus∣cle.
• I 2. The grinding muscle or the second muscle of the Iaw.
• M 2, a muscle forming the cheekes.
• N 2, the muscle of the lower lip,
• O 2, a part of the fift muscle of the lower iawe called Digastricus, that is, double bellied.
• QR 2, The first muscle of the bone hyois growing to the Rough artery.
• S 2, the second muscle of the bone hyois vnder the chin
• The lower T in the second figure sheweth the third muscle of the bone hyois streatched to the iaw, The vpper T in the second figure sheweth the insertion of the seauenth muscle of the head.
• VV 2, two veniers of the fourth muscle of the bone Hyois.
• The backeward K (put instead of X) sheweth the sea∣uenth muscle of the head and his insertion at the vp¦per T.
• •• Λ 2, The originall of the grinding muscle from the yoke-bone.
• μ 2, the insertion of this muscle into the lower iaw,
• ρ σ 2, two beginnings of the seauenth muscle of the head.
• •• 2, his insertion into the Mammillary processe.

[illustration]

Table 3. Fig. 1. Sheweth the muscles of the Fore-head, the Eye-lids and the Cheekes.

[illustration]

Figure 2. sheweth the Muscles of the Nose, Lips, the lower Iaw and of the bone Hyois.

[illustration]

TABVLA. III.

[illustration]

FIG. I.

[illustration]

FIG. II.

The first, because the muscles of the Eares are so small (Galen in the 6. Chapter of his * 1.102 16. Book de vsu partium, calleth them but delinations of muscles) and the nerues so thredy that a sufficient quantity of mouing spirits cannot be conuayed through them.

The second, because if they should be moued, the hearing would be depraued or vi∣tiated, especially mens eares being smal, and therefore Nature hath made recompence by * 1.103 the easie and speedy motions of the Head whereby we turne on euery side to receiue the soundes; whereas in foure-footed beastes their eares being greater and the motions of their heades not so nimble, they are alwaies moouable to receiue the sounds from euery side; with them also they driue away Flies which men can doe with their hands.

The third reason is because mens eares are short and gristly, so as the muscles and branches of the sinnewes cannot be dilated in them. But such as they are we owe the ho∣nour * 1.104 of their inuention to Fallopius. They are of two sortes, Common and proper, and conspicuous enough in those men whose eares we can perceiue to mooue.

The first is common to the eare and to both the lippes, and is a small portion of that Muscle which is accounted the first of them which mooue the Cheekes, and the skin of the face called Quadratus, [tab. 3. fig. 1, γ] or the square Muscle. This sometimes becom∣meth fleshy and ascending with his Fibres to the roote of the eare [tab. 3. fig. 1 ^o] is inser∣ted vnder the lap, and draweth it downward to this or that side. This Muscle is broade, thin and foure sided.

The second, which is a proper muscle [tab. 3. fig. 1. neere to ^B Tab. 4. fig. 1. ^••. fig. 2. ^•] is seated in the fore-part, and lyeth vpon the temporall muscle, arising from the vpper end * 1.105 and extremity of the muscle of the forehead, where it toucheth with the temporall: this descending towarde the eare becommeth narrower, and at his insertion into the vpper part of the eare very tendinous; it is thin being produced out of the fleshy Membrane, * 1.106 which is but sprinkled with fleshy fibres, as also are the other Muscles of the eares: it is much lesse then the temporall, and from roundnesse becommeth long. His vse is to

[illustration]

Table 4. Fig. 1. sheweth the skinne of the Head toge∣together with the Fat and the glandules vnder the eares, and the Muscles of the hinder part of the head and the Eares.

[illustration]

Figure 2. sheweth the Muscles of the eares, of the Eye∣browes, and a few of the iawes.

• BB. The Muscle of the eare springing from the pericrae∣nium or Scul-skin.
• C. The triangular muscle mouing the skin of the nowl of the head.

[illustration]

The second Figure.

• A. The semicircular Muscle of the eare, drawing the outward eare vpward, which was noted with B in the first figure.
• B, C, D, E, F, G. the Muscle as it were diuided into three parts, called Tripartitus.
• H, the hinder part of the outward eare into which the foresaid Muscle is fastned.
• NNN, the circumference of the temporall Muscle.
• O, the Muscle yet couered with the pericraenium.
• P, the Membran couering the said muscle drawn aside
• QQQ. The fleshy part of the temporall Muscle.
• V. The Muscle masseter or grinding Muscle, remooued here from the yoake-bone, whence it hath his ori∣ginall, that the implantation of the temporal mus∣cle into the processe of the iaw might appeare.
• X, the Muscles making the cheekes.
• Z, A Muscle of the lower lip.
• a a, the Muscle of the eyebrow.
• bb, the vpper eyelid hauing a Muscle with transuerse Fibres.
• c, the eyebrow hauing a circular Muscle, whereby the external parts of the eye are exceedinglie constrin∣ged, as Placentinus saith.

[illustration]

FIG. I.

[illustration]

FIG. II

draw the eare vpward and foreward.

The third [tab. 3. fig. 1 neere to O] ariseth from the nowle or Occipitium, and from the couerings of his Muscles aboue the Mammillary processe or teat-like extuberation, wher the Muscles that mooue the head and the shoulder-blade do end. In his beginning hee * 1.107 ariseth narrow but passing downeward ouerthwart becomes some-what broader, as if it were diuided into two or three fingers, and is so implanted on the backe side of the eare to draw it backward and something vpward.

The fourth proceeding from the same Teate-like extuberation or Mamillary pro∣cesse, vnder the Ligament of the gristle of the eare, is of a broad, fleshy and fibrous sub∣stance, * 1.108 but in his progresse becommeth narrower till it end in a Tendon, which tendon is fastned into the whole roote of the eares gristle [Table 4. fig. 2 H] one part of it aboue another part in the middest, and the third below. And hence it was that Placentinus a stu∣dious * 1.109 and painfull Anatomist, out of this masse maketh three [Tab. 4. fig. 2^{B C D E F G}] mus∣cles led hereunto by his insertion; all which notwithstanding he saith do arise confused∣ly out of one place.

CHAP. XI. Of the Muscles within the Eares.

BEcause these Muscles are very small, euen the smallest in the whole bodye, and beside their position depending vpon the curious parts of the eare, we * 1.110 haue described them more at large before in the nineteenth chapter of the eight Booke, wherefore heere wee will onely make a little mention of them and trouble you no further in this place. The Hammer and the Anuile haue but a verie obscure motion, yet are they mooued, together with that Membrane whereto the Hammer is tied, vpward and downward by one Muscle within the membran & another without it. The inner muscle [tab. 5. fig: 2. ⁱ] was first described by Eustachius, & is seated in the Rock-bone. It is the lest in the whole body, so also it is of the most elegant * 1.111 and dainty composition. It ariseth in the basis of the bone called Sphenoides or the wedg∣bone in that place where with the roote of the processe of the Rocke bone and an addi∣tament of the Nowle-bone, it maketh a broken hole. His beginning is like a Ligament, afterwarde it becommeth fleshy, and by degrees euen vnto the middest groweth a little broader, after becomming narrower againe, it endeth into two exceeding smal tendons, [tab. 5. fig. 5 beloweⁱ] whereof one is infixed in the higher processe of the Hammer, and the other vpon his necke. This Muscle draweth the head of the Hammer obliquely for∣ward and inward, leadeth it from the Anuile, and driueth the Membrane outward from the crooked processe of the Hammer.

This fift Table is all one with the eleuenth Table of the eight Booke.

The other Muscle, is seated about the middest in the vpper part of the Hole of Hea∣ring, * 1.112 called Meatus auditorius without the Membran of the Tympane or Drumme. And about the inuention of this Muscle, two of the best Anatomistes of Padua in Italy dooe contend.

For Hieronimus Fabricius ab Aquapendente affirmeth, that he found it in the yeare, one * 1.113 thousand fiue hundred ninety nine. Also Iulius Casserius Placentinus saith, that hee ob∣serued it first the seauenth day of March, in the yeare one thousand fiue hundred ninetie three. Which of them was the first inuenter I cannot say, but both their diligences de∣serue great commendations.

The vse both of the former internall, and also of this externall Muscle Aquapendens expresseth on this manner.

The vse of these Muscles is to preserue the Membrane, which being in danger to bee broken or stretched in two places, both within and without; Nature hath prouided a de∣fence * 1.114 on either side. For on the outside the externall aire being violently mooued toge∣ther with the sound, might driue the Membrane inward: and within the Included spirit or the aire passing from the mouth into the passages of Hearing, might offer violence vnto the same membrane by driuing it outward, as in of citations or yawning gapings, in * 1.115 blowing of the Nose, in retention of the breath, in strayning of the Voyce, in empty∣tying the belly, and such like: and therefore the outwarde Muscle beeing drawne

inward together with the membrane by the violence of the aire doth with his owne moti∣on retract it outward againe, and contrarywise the inner muscle when the membrane is thrust outward retracteth it backe againe inward: and thus these two muscles keepe the membrane from breaking. And truely it is very necessary that this office of the custody * 1.116 of the membrane should be committed to a muscle and not vnto a ligament: that as the impulsions or motions of the aire against the membrane be diuers, so the cohibition or re∣straint and retraction of the membrane toward his owne seate should also bee diuers. Now we know that a ligament worketh alwayes after the same tenour or manner, but the muscles as being more voluntary doe worke with a kinde of proportion and measure con∣tracting or relaxing more or lesse as neede requires, and with a diuers motion resisting, yeelding to or amending the impulsions and agitations of the aire: thus farre Aquapen∣dens. He that desires further satisfaction about these muscles let him looke backe to the 19 Chapter of the eight Booke.

CHAP. XII. Of the muscles of the Nose.

BEcause the motion of the wings of the Nose is very requisite in sodaine & large * 1.117 inspirations and expirations, therefore Nature hath made them mooueable with voluntarie motion, for which cause there are certaine muscles inserted in∣to them. For albeit the dilatation and constriction of those wings might bee done by the muscles of the lips which also touch them (as also the first muscle of the cheeks which is made of the fleshy membrane [tab. 5. fig. 1. γ] & inserted into the root of the nose) yet we haue obserued in them that haue large noses called Nasuti, some muscles peculiar vnto the nose it selfe, and these are of two sorts: some seruing for dilatation, others for con∣striction. I am not ignorant what a medly of opinions there is amongst Anatomist con∣cerning * 1.118 the number vse and scituation of these muscles: but I will content my selfe in this place to follow Bauhinus onely.

The muscles therefore which serue for dilatation of the wings of the nose are foure, two very small ones which arise one either side one from the cheeke bone * 1.119 (neare vnto the third muscle of the lips) & the bony canale or pipe which is neare the no∣sthrils. These are more fleshy then sinowy, and proceede ouer the ridge of the Nose & are inserted partly into the outward wing, partly into that part of the vpper lippe which they call Filtrum.

The vse of it is to draw that part of the lip together with the wing of the nose outward and vpward whereby it also openeth the nosthrils. (Tab. 5. fig. 1. F.] For as saith Varolius * 1.120 because we smell by a kinde of Traction, together with the wings of the nose the nosthrils also doe close and are somewhat obstructed; and therefore in smelling the holes of the nose which wee properly call the nostrils are by these dilating muscles opened and so kept.

The two other muscles doe arise with a sharpe and fleshy beginning from the su∣ture or seame of the forehead where they are mingled with the ends of the forehead mus∣cles * 1.121 vnto the middle of the distance between the eys and the spine of the nose: their form is almost Triangular, and they descend downeward obliquely aboue the bones of the Nose, where becomming broader they are implanted into the wings, and with their right fibres do draw them vpward and dilate them.

There are also foure muscles which doe constring or contract the Nose, two of * 1.122 which doe arise fleshy about the rootes of the wings, but they are very small: these passe o∣uerthwart aboue the wing and imbrace it, and are inserted at the corner of the nosthrils. The vse of these is that being contracted to their originall they presse downe the wing, & so shut the Nose, [tab. 5. fig. 2. neere K.] The other two are hid within the cauity of the Nose vnder the coate wherewith the hole is compassed: these are very thin and membra∣nous, and doe arise from the extremity or end of the bone of the nose, and are inserted in∣to the wings; which wings by drawing them inward they constringe or streighten, and these muscles as also all the rest in this chapter described are not found in all, but in such onely as haue large noses, as we said before. [Tab. 5. fig. 2. vnder. K.]

CHAP. XIII. Of the common muscles of the Cheekes and the Lips.

THE muscles which are common to the Cheekes and the Lippes are foure, two on either side called Quadratus and Buccinator, the square muscle and * 1.123 the Trumpeter. The square muscle [tab. 6. fig. 1. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. make the circum∣scription,] or as Galen calleth it, the musculous dilatation, or the broade or thin muscle, because it is large and membranous lyeth vnder the skinne of the necke, and also is spred ouer the lower part of the whole face from vnder the mouth. It is a membrane encreased with fleshy fibres which yet doe not arise from any bone: these fibres do assend vpward to the middle of the face, creeping by degrees with a variable course from the regions of the racke-bone of the necke, on the outside of the same where it swelleth most, of the shoulder blades, of the cannell bones and of the brest bones, and so make abroade and thin muscle.

Wherefore if any man shall deny it the name of a muscle, and say it is but a membrane of musculous Nature and substance, or whether he list to call it a muscle, hee shall haue my good will, for it is so thin and so membranous that the ancients did not separate it from the skin but fleyed it off therewith; not accounting it in the number of the muscles, as Galen saith who himselfe was the first that described it, as appeareth in his fourth booke of * 1.124 Anatomical administrations, and in his first book of the dissection of muscles, although he knew it not when he wrote his books de vsu partium. To this membrane many small bran∣ches of nerues are sent from the sinews of the neck & mingle themselues with the fibres; & that is the reason why the membrane in this place is more strongly vnited to the parts then in any place almost of the whole body, and the same dissemination of the nerues causeth thosediuers fiberous passages which are seen in it. For from the breast bone and the middle * 1.125 of the clauicle his fibres run right in the length of the necke, [from ♌ to ζ] and those which beginne from the other parts of the clauicle, from the toppe of the shoulder and from the rest of the parts before named, doe trend obliquely vpward, [from θ to O and H.] and the nearer they are to the spines of the racke bones of the necke the more oblique do they ap∣peare: so that when they come neare the occipitium or nowle of the head they are almost tranuerse: and yet for all that these fibres make no intersections in the neck at all, especial∣ly that are visible: but when they come vnto the Chin where the vpper lip is ioyned with the neather, [betweene H. and ζ.] especially at the lower lip they are so confounded toge∣ther that they can bee no more distinguished. VVe call it the square muscle because it pas∣eth * 1.126 from the vpper part of the necke by the sides of the nowle bone away, toward the eare, & is somtime implanted with fleshy fibres into the root therof, by the help of which [Table 6. is the same with that in the Folio 750.] fibres in those men who haue this position of this muscle their eares, as we haue said, are moued. Sometime vnder the roote of the eare [O] it passeth into the face, and coue∣reth the Masseter muscle of the Iaw, and withall groweth more strongly to the Cheeke bone then other where, insomuch as some haue taken this part of it to be the fifth muscle of the Iaw: and from hence it is inserted into the roots of the Nose. The other side of it is ouerthwart the face. [from^o by^u to ζ.] The third side from the top of the shoulder to the brest bone; [from θ by ε to ♌] and this side is very vnequall and as is it were indented. The fourth side to make the quadrature, is from the top of the chinne to the * 1.127 brest bone. [from ζ to.] These muscles doe moue the skinne of the face which is not mo∣ued by the musculous substance of the forehead, the nowle, the eares and the nose, or by a∣ny of their muscles or by the muscles of the eye lids: But rather as the right square muscle draweth and mooueth both the vpper and the lower lippe vnto the right side: so the lest drawes both the lippes obliquely downeward to the left side: and because they cleaue fast vnto the chinne, therefore they helpe much the opening of the mouth. This is that muscle saith Galen in his 1. book de dissect anusculorum, which first of al in those that begin to be af∣flicted with conuulsions is intended or stretched, from whence come those conuulsions which we call Cynicke or Dogge-spasmes, because by the contraction of these, men are * 1.128 constrained to writh and grinne like Dogges.

The fibres of this muscle Galen in his first booke de Anatom. Administ. counselleth the Chirurgion to be well aduised of, because of their incisions which sometimes are very ne∣cessary in this part. For ignorant Chyrurgions not knowing their course haue by large transuerse sections deuided them so farre that the cheekes haue flowne upward from the skin vnderneath them.

The Muscle called Buccinator (either because it maketh the Cheeke which is called Bucca, * 1.129 [ta. 6. fig. 2. ^M] or else because it strutteth in blowing or sounding of the Trūpet which is cal¦led Buccina, & therfore we call it the Trumpeter) lyeth vnder the former and comprehen∣deth * 1.130 all that part which is blowne vp when we sound a Trumpet. It is round and ariseth almost from the whole length of the vpper law and is inserted into the length likewise of the lower law at the rootes of the Gummes; or if you list to thinke with Columbus & Lau∣rentius * 1.131 it ariseth from the top of the Gummes, and like a circle doth againe determine in∣to the top of the Gummes. For it being like a circle wherein the beginning, the middle and the end are all one, it skilles not much whether you say it proceedeth from below vp∣wards, or from aboue downewards.

Thinne it is and membranous wouen with many fibres, from whence come the vari∣ety of the motions which it performeth, within and without, aboue and below. To this * 1.132 Muscle on the inside, the coat which compasseth the mouth groweth so fast that they can∣not be disseuered but one of them must be broken.

The vse of this Muscle is whilest the Iaw resteth to moue the Cheekes and the Lips, * 1.133 and yet euen in eating when the meate is fallen into the Cheekes, it serueth as a hand to reach it againe vnto the Teeth and to driue it hither and thither amongst them, that the Aliment might be better broken and s••red, and so prepared to bee boyled into Chylus in the Stomacke.

Besides these there is a double vse of the Cheekes and of their cauities as Archange∣lus * 1.134 hath well obserued. The first, that if any thing in eating doe fall from the Teeth out∣ward it should not be lost but be kept within the Cheekes: the other vse is that they might be places of receite to contayne the meate while the teeth bee ready for it; as wee see in Apes which fill the puffes of their cheeks with meate which afterward they chew. More∣ouer, in man they help much for pronounciation and in winding of a Horne or Corner and sounding of a Trumpet; for if these cheekes be puft vp a man may obserue the diuers motions of this Muscle by rowling his mouth outward, vpward, downeward, forward and backward.

CHAP. XIIII. Of the proper Muscles of the Lippes.

THE vse of the Lippes in all creatures is for Eating and Drinking, and ther∣fore Nature hath prouided their Lippes according to their Dyet. The Asse can mumble a Thistle as well as a Man can eate Lettice, whence the prouerbe is, Similes habent Labra a Lactucas, Like Lettice like Lippes. But * 1.135 because there is another vse of the Lippes in men, for forming of wordes, for casting forth of spittle and to preserue the Teeth from the coldnesse of the Ayre (that I speak not of the ornament which they are to the mouth yea to the whole face) for these reasons I say, it was necessary that the Lippes should haue voluntary motion, and so the instruments of the same, that is, muscles.

Many of the Ancients and late writers also thought that both Lippes were moo∣ued * 1.136 by the onely helpe of the broade Muscle before spoken off, because the great variety of his fibres they thought sufficient for the accomplishment of all necessary motions in that part. But the more diligent Anatomists, beside those aboue named common to the Lippes and the Cheekes haue found out other proper muscles belonging to the Lippes alone, about the number whereof they doe not agree. Wee for this time will conclude * 1.137 that they are sixe, on each side two belonging to the vpper Lip, and on each side one be∣longing to the neather.

The first paire of the vpper Lip [table 6, fig, 1, ^{G •}] ariseth from the vtter seame of the Iugall or yoke-bone, and that which separateth the first bone of the vpper Iaw from the third and from the cheek-bone. In their beginning they are broad and fleshy, and discend obliquely forward, inserting themselues into the sides of the vpper Lippes, which they moue vpward and downward, inward and outward: and that by reason of their diuers fi∣bres diuersly commixed among themselues and wouen with the skinne: from which not∣withstanding if the body be musculous or fleshy and not fat and the workeman diligent, it may be after a sort separated.

The second paire [ta 6, fig, 1, vnder H] arising fleshy, round and couered with much * 1.138 fat, from the cauity vnder the cheekes; is inserted into the bridle where the Lips do meet, and they say it turneth the vpper Lip downward.

[illustration]

Table 7. figure 3. sheweth some muscles of the iaw, the Larynx and the bone Hyois.

[illustration]

Figure 4. sheweth someparts lying in the mouth.

[illustration]

TABVLA. VII.

[illustration]

FIG. III.

[illustration]

FIG. IIII.

• A, A hole in the forehead bone, sending a small Nerue into the brim of the seate of the eye.
• B. the temporall Muscle.
• C, A fungous substance of the lip, together with the nerues stretched on both sides vnto it.
• E A hole in the cheeke bending a nerue vnto the face.
• G, A part of the yokebone here taken away.
• I, the Massater or grinding Muscle.
• K, A portion of the vii, muscle of the head cut away.
• L, the bone Hyois bared from a few muscles.
• M, the Buccinator or Trumpeter.
• m, the vi. muscle of the bone hyois according to Falopius
• O P, the double bellied muscle of the Iaw.
• Q, the 2 of the common muscles of the Larynx.
• R, the first of the common muscles of the Larynx.
• S, A portion of the second muscle of the head.
• V, V, 2. Venters or bellies of the 4 muscle of the hyois.
• X, the fourth Leuator or heauer of the shoulder-blade
• Y, the first muscle of the Chest vnder the Coller bone.

[illustration]

Fig. 4.

• A, A portion of the Temporall muscle.
• B, A sharpe processe of the lower Iawe into which the temporall muscle is inserted. * The palate.
• C, the left part of the lower iaw.
• D, the 4 muscle of the lower iaw lying in the mouth.
• E, the Gargareon or Vuula.
• F, the vpper Glandules at the Uuula.
• G, the lower Glandules at the Larynx.
• H, the muscles of the head and the necke mingled.
• I, the tongue with the Epiglottis or ouer-tongue,
• K, the rough artery bared from the muscles.
• L, the bed of vesselles neere the Larynx, and the first muscle of the backe.
• N, O. The fift muscle of the lower iaw called Digastri∣cus hanging from his originall.
• X, the 4 muscle of the shoulderblade arising from the necke.

The lower lip hath one paire [Tab. 4. fig. 2. Z. and ta. 6. fig. 2 ^X] which ariseth fleshy from the lower part of the vpper iaw, where there is a kinde of asperity or roughnesse at the sides of the chin: thence bending obliquely vpward and becomming broad (for it is bro∣der and shorter then the former paire) are implanted into the middle of the lips, with whose skin as the former they are so mingled, that the Fibers do in a kinde of finger-fold cut betwixt one another. * 1.139

By the helpe of these Fibres the motions of the lippes become verie Diuers, so that Galen writeth in his 11. booke de vsupartium. and the second de Dissec. Mus. that by these muscles (which yet he would haue to be foure) there are eight seuerall motions effected, foure oblique two in each lip: and beside them foure other right, two altogether right, * 1.140 either when the lips are furthest asunder, the one yeelding vpward to the nose the other downward to the chin: or when the lips are close ioyned, the vpper being drawn down∣ward, and the lower vpward.

For as in the wrest of the arme right motions are made by the confluence or concurrence of oblique motions, so is it also in the lips: for if the muscle of either side do alone work, that motion is made side-long, but if both of them bee at once stretched, then shall the same lip be after one and the same manner drawne vpward by the vpper muscles & down¦ward by the lower. Thus Galen exemplifieth the vse of these muscles in the places last a∣boue named, to which he that desires more satisfaction may haue recourse, wee will fol∣low our story.

To these muscles before described that fleshy and rude lumpe [Ta. 7. fig: 3, C] and yet * 1.141 musculous may be added, which in the circumference of the mouth maketh the lips both aboue and below, which by some is made a peculiar paire of muscles of the face: we call it if you please the Corral of the lip. Falopius diuideth them into two muscles, wherof one garnisheth the vpper lip, the other the lower: and he ascribeth to them as to other mus∣cles * 1.142 their seuerall motions, gathering and wrinkling themselues vp, and with them the flesh of the lippes when we would make our mouthes little.

CHAP. XV. Of the Muscles of the lower Iaw.

OF the two Iawes, the vpper as well in man as in all other creatures is immooue∣able, excepting the Parrot and the Crocodile, the lower is necessarily mooued for the breaking and preparing of our meate, and the articulation of the voyce. * 1.143 The motions of this lower iaw are of two kindes, simple and compound, the simple motions are sixe, and the compound but one. The sixe simple motions are vpward and downeward, to the right hand and to the left, foreward and backe∣wards. The compound motion is made of the right and the left the forward and the backeward, whereby the iawes seemeth to bee carryed round. The motion vpward * 1.144 is performed by the temporall muscle, downeward by the Digastricke; to the right hand and to the left by the first grinder called Mansorius primus: backeward by the other man∣sorius or the muscle that lurketh in the mouth: forward by the fifth paire.

The motion vpward and downeward is to bite, or to share or cut: the motion to the sides whether it be to the right hand or to the left, forward or backeward is to grind: for * 1.145 the meate falleth vpon the teeth of the lower iaw, as vppon the moouing stone of a Mill. For as in a Mill the weight of the vpper stone breaketh the corne vppon the lower: so the meate is ground betweene the vpper teeth which resemble the fixed or immoue∣able stone of the Mill, and the lower teeth set in the lower iaw which resemble the moue∣able stone. And therefore these. Muscles are called Molares, that is, the grinders, and because their act is called Mastication or chewing, therefore they are called Masticatorij or Mansorij, that is, the chewers. VVherefore the Mouth is opened, shut and drawne in compasse by fiue muscles on either side. The first is called Temporalis, Galen de dissect mus∣cularum 6. cals it Crotaphita [tab 6. fig. 1. and 2. ^•. tab. 4. fig. 2. his circumference is noted by ^NNN his fleshy part by ^QQQ, couered yet with the pericranium at ^• & the Membrane retra∣cted * 1.146 or drawne backe at ^P] we call it the Temple Muscle, because it is seated in the temples that is in the side of the head at the vpper and forepart of the Eare. This muscle is strong and stiffe; and the largest of all the rest; filling all the cauity of the temple bones. If ariseth [tab. ••. fig. 2. α. β. γ.] with a broade fleshy and semicircular beginning or originall from the first bone of the vpper iaw, of the forehead, of the forepart of the scull, of the temples and the Sphenoides or wedge bone, and becomes by degrees more fleshy, & growes narrow vn∣der the voke bone called Iugale which runneth vpon it and about it ouerthwart [tab. 6. fig ••. ^•] and to which it groweth a litle for better defence, and is inserted with a short neruous and exceeding strong Tendon to the sharpe [tab. 7. fig. 4. ^b.] processe of the lower iaw im∣bracing it very firmely with his large armes.

The strength of this muscle (by which sometimes a man is able to bite a strong naile in sunder, and we haue known a man therwith to guide a great bell being rung to the height) * 1.147 is caused by his fibres: for all of them as it were from three parts of a circle runne vnto his center, which is to be obserued in the dilatation of the wounds of this part and must some∣times necessarily be made, as also because of the appostemations of these Muscles that the * 1.148 Chirurgion may know how to make incision according to the rectitude of his fibres, lest if he wound them ouerthwart, their vse and action should perish, and the life saith Columbus with it.

The vse of this Muscle together with his fellow is, if they draw directly vpward to lift vp the lower iaw to bind it strongly and to shut the mouth. But if one of them draw alone, then is the traction of the iaw oblique, although Vesalius thinketh that this oblique trac∣tion is made by three muscles, the temple muscle, the masseter or chewer and that that lies * 1.149 hid in the mouth; whence it is that some make three masseters, but Hippocrates in his book de Arte, mentioned but two. This Muscle the Ancients and amongst them Hippocrates and Galen haue preferred before many others and admired in his composition the wisedome and prouidence of the Creator in making it diuersly according to the diuers vse of the creature.

Galen also in his eleuenth booke of the vse of parts and the third chapter, sheweth ••ow these muscles if they be wounded do especially bring conuultions, feauers, deepe and dangerous sleepines, and light frenzies. And Hippocrates saith, that the wounds of the tem∣••les are mortall. The reason of these accidents may be because they are neare neighbours ••nto the braine, there being onely the scull betweene, and that parted by the coronall su∣ture * 1.150 or crown seame: as also because of the many and large Nerues which are disseminated ••rought it as Galen hath obserued in the former Booke and the seuenth Chapter. This

muscle hath 3. nerues on either side inserted into him: two from the third coniugation, and the third harder from the fift coniugation to giue him the greater strength, for the more nerues and the harder a muscle hath, the stronger it is to performe his action. No maruell therefore if vpon the wounding or concussion, convultion yea death it selfe doe follow.

And hence it is that Hippocrates thought the luxation of the neather Iaw was often∣times deadly, because thereby this Muscle is distended, and in his Booke de artic•••••••• hee sayth, that vnlesse the bones of the neather Iaw be ioynted againe after their luxation the life wil be in great ieopardy, by reason of the continuall Feuers and dull and drowsie slee∣pinesses which follow thereupon: for these muscles if they be altered from their naturall * 1.151 disposition, and intended or streatched are soporiserous: Wherefore Nature for their better defence hath couered them first with a strong, thicke and hard membrane, which is * 1.152 the Pericranium or scull-skinne, by reason whereof the muscle on the outside looketh li∣uid, for his inner part which cleaueth to the bone is altogether fleshy, because the bone in that place is not couered with the Periostion. And because a part of the Pericranion runneth ouer this Muscle, some haue described it with two tendons, one inward and ano∣ther outward.

Another defence it hath is this; that the lower part which is neruous is walled with * 1.153 the Iugall or yoake-bone, that the nerues (sayth Galen in the 8. Chapter of his 9. Booke de vsu partium) should not be hurt, so as this bone seemeth to haue been made onely for the behoofe of this muscle.

Thirdly, the Tendon of this Muscle is defended aboue and below with flesh that it * 1.154 might be better secured from outward iniuries. The difference of these Muscles accor∣ding to the variety of creatures is after this manner: First of all in men they are the least * 1.155 and least neruous ordinarily; among beastes they are the least in Apes, I meane accor∣ding to their proportion. They are greatest and largest, as also most neruous in such beasts as haue their teeth set like a Saw, as Lyons, VVolues, Dogges and such like. There * 1.156 are other creatures wherein they are very large but not so neruous; large not so much for the strength of the action, because those great creatures doe feede mostwhat vppon the earth, but that they might bee proportionable to the magnitude of the lower Iaw, such are Asses, Horses, Oxen, Cammels and such like, as we may reade at large in Galens elea∣uenth Booke de vsu partium and the 2. Chapter.

They are least in men both because our neather Iaw in respect of other creatures is the very least, and beside, because our teeth are giuen vs only to breake our meate and for * 1.157 no other vse: for a mans fortitude consisteth not in the strēgth of his Iawes, neither doth hee thereby curbe and keepe in awe the other creatures but by reason and by his handes. Notwithstanding they are the greatest of all the muscles of the Iaw, because they almost sustaine it and lift it vp as if it hung and depended only vpon them.

The second Muscle of the lower Iaw is called Mansorius primus, Masseter & moliter, * 1.158 names all taken from the vse of the Muscle which is called Manducation or chewing, and therefore wee may well call it in our English the Chewing or the grinding muscle. His position is in the Cheeke [tab. 6. fig. 2. and tab. 7. fig. 3. I ta. 4. fig. 2. V] and it hath a double head, one neruous proceeding from the ball of the cheeke [tab. 6. fig. 2. ^Λ] vnto the suture where the Iaw-bone meeteth with a part of the Iugall or yoake-bone, and passeth along vnto the vtmost angle or the Iaw which wee call his acute or sharpe processe; the other head is fleshy and passeth from the yoake-bone [ta, 6, fig, 2, ^x and ta, 7. fig, 3, at ^•] toward the chinne, and is implanted very strongly [table 6, figu, 2, μ] with a broad insertion to the whole latitude of the lower Iaw, so as it representeth, saith Galen in the 4. chapter of his 11. Booke de vsu partium, the corner of a blunt or obtuse triangle, the top whereof is neare the ball of the cheek, [Λ] one side toward the end of the yoake-bone [from Λ to ••] another side toward the lower Iaw [from χ to μ], and the third and last as it were a Basis ioyneth both the forenamed sides to all the parts of the lower Iaw, being extended or streatched according to his length.

The Fibres of these heads do intersect themselues like this figure χ; and thence it is that * 1.159 they moue the Iaw as well on both sides as also forward and backeward (for there is a di∣uers motion required in chewing or grinding the meate) and in compasse: for as the vse and action of the temporall muscles was vehemently to ioyne the teeth & the two iawes together, and so to breake whatsoeuer should light between them: so the action of these

chewing or grinding muscles is to leuigate or shred small the meate that is before broken by the temporall muscles. To this action the tongue doth not a little helpe, which like a hand turneth and returneth the meate in the mouth that all his partes may come vnder the Breake; which motion of the tongue is performed by a muscle of the Tongue called Linguae Masticator or the Tongues Chewer, and not onely so, but also the muscles of the cheekes are of great vse toward the performance of the foresaid worke.

The third payre of muscles [Tab. 7, fig. 4. neere to ^B] is situate vnder the temporal mus∣cle in the lower part of the cauity of the Temple bones, and taketh his beginning partlie * 1.160 from the vpper and vtter parts of the processes called Allformes or like vnto wings which are sharpe and vnequall; and partly from the roofe and sharpe top or height of the bone called Sphenoides or the wedg-bone, which in the cauity of the temples looketh directlie against the yoke-bone, where it hangeth ouer a large rift made by the same Sphenoides & the greatest cheeke-bone.

The originall or head of this muscle is partly neruous and partly fleshy, and hauing gotten this fleshinesse it is led obliquely backeward and is inserted into the necke of the lower iaw, and into the inside of his head. His vse is to mooue and lift forward the Iaw, as the next that followeth mooueth it backeward.

The fourth muscle is another Mansorius which Galen in his fourth Booke of Anato∣micall * 1.161 administrations the fourth Chapter and diuers other places, calleth the muscle lurking in the mouth, [Tab. 7. fig. 4 O] because it lyeth hid in the great bosome of the in∣side of the Iaw. This muscle is thicke and short, and ariseth very neruous from the inward cauity or hollow pipe of the wingy processes of the wedge-bone called Sphenoides; after∣ward becomming fleshy, large and thicke it descendeth with right fibres, and is inserted with a strong neruous and broad tendon to the inner and backe-part of the lower Iawe where the roughnesse is, and where the bosome or hollownes is fashioned that it might not take vp too much roome about the Almonds of the throate. And this muscle (sayth Galen) helpeth the temporall muscle to which it groweth strongly neere the production and insertion of his tendon; for it draweth the Iaw inward and vpward, and shutteth the mouth, because it is a matter of labour to draw a heauy thing vpward, and to breake and grinde a hard substance: besides when the Iaw is brought forward it draweth it backward againe. The fift Muscle called Graphioides or Digastricus, double bellied [Table 7 figure 3, ^OP and figure 3, ^NO Table 6. figure 2 ^O] is thinne and small; arising membranous and very broade from the Apendixe called Styloides (from whence Galen called it * 1.162 Graphioides, because the Ancients vsed to write vpon waxen Tables with a Probe which they called Stylus) and immediately becommeth fleshy and round and passeth vnder the lower part of the vpper Iaw and the eare, and in the middest where it is curued or croo∣ked at the turning of the lower iaw it looseth his flesh and becommeth Neruous: and a∣gaine reconering his flesh is inserted into the middle of the iaw fast by the lower part of the chin, where the inner bone becommeth a little rugged for his better insertion, and where both the Muscles of each side do meete; albeit about his middest it cleaueth to the bone called Hyoides. There is also in this place a kinde of forme of a Pulley; for because these Muscles do not arise from the lower parts of the necke but rather from the vpper, they could not mooue the Iaw downward vnlesse they had bene wound about the lower angle of the lower Iaw, as it were about a Pulley.

The vse of this paire of Muscles is to draw the Iaw downward, & so to open the mouth and by consequence to draw the tongue toward the throate: but if one of them onely do * 1.163 mooue, it leadeth the Iaw obliquely to his owne side. It was called Digastricus because it hath two Venters or Bellies, being fleshy in the beginning and in the end, and in the middle [Tab. 7. fig. 3 betweene ^O & ^P fig. ••. between ^N and ^O] neruous or tendinous (which is peculiar to this and to the second paire of muscles of the bone Hyoides [tab. 7. fig: 3, V, * 1.164 V] and to the fift proper paire of the Larynx or throttle) partly for more strength, partly that it might not take vp too much roome because the place is but narrow, and there are many Instruments to fill it vp, especially the muscles of the tongue and of the Hyois: and therefore also they were made small and thin, round and long, their motion beeing but easie. for the Iaw fals downward with his owne weight, and therefore needed no strong retractor.

Finally, because a part of the square muscle (which with Galen we reckoned among the muscles of the cheekes) groweth more strongly to the bone of the lower Iawe, the right * 1.165

and the left meeting at the middle of the chinne to draw the same downward; therefore Arantius (who did not acknowledge the third paire aboue named) maketh it the fift paire * 1.166 of the Iaw, and sayeth, that this portion or part of the square muscle together with the 4. paire called the Digastricks, do open the mouth and draw the Iaw downwards, yet so, that it is more directly drawne (without the motion of the cheekes) by the fourth paire; but by this fift paire as he accoūteth them, the iaw is wrested obliquely together with the cheeks and the lovver lip side-vvard if but one of them moue; if they mooue together, then it in∣clineth it to neither part but leeadeth it tovvard the throttle.

CHAP. XVI. Of the Muscles of the Choppes which serue for Diglutition or Swallowing.

GAlen first of all men described the muscles of the Choppes, whome after O∣ribasius his Epitomizer and Auicen followed, making one on each side. A∣mong the later Anatomists Falopius was the first who described three paires; which are seated in the Mouth betweene the coat of the palate & the bredth * 1.167 of the Nosethrils. VVe will reckon vnto you 4. paire, whereof two doe di∣late and tvvo contract; and therefore they helpe the Svvallow because the Chops vvere of necessity to bee dilated or straightned vvhen the meate and the drinke should passe by them.

The first paire ariseth thinne and neruous from the toppe of the vvedge-bone called * 1.168 sphaenoides neare the articulation of the lovver iavv vvith the bone of the temple, and de∣scendeth very small and slender by the invvard cauity of the Pterygoides, and endeth in a neruous thinne and broad tendon vvhich passeth ouer the cleft vvhich is in the end of the Pterygoides, and being reflected is inserted into the skinny part of the palate at vvhich the Vuula hangeth. If both these muscles moue together they dravv the bottom of the chops, together vvith the Vuula vpvvard and forvvard; if but one of them moue, then it dravveth vnto that side vvherein it is seated.

The second paire ariseth neruous from the same beginning vvith the former, and de∣clining * 1.169 dovvnevvards it is inserted into the sides of the choppes vvhere the Tonsils or Al∣monds doe reside and taketh vppe or at least embraceth all the side and backepart of the Choppes This payre draweth the Tonsils vpward and sidelong, and dilateth the whole cauity of the Chops by parting them asunder. These two paires serue to dilate or open the Choppes, and some say they hinder the liquid matter that comes vp in vomiting that it passeth not through or into the nose.

The third paire compasseth the backeward and side cauitie of the Choppes, and ari∣seth * 1.170 very thinne where the head is ioyned with the necke, whence it descendeth and is in∣serted in the sides of the bone Hyois and the first gristle of the Throttle, sometimes also in∣to the roote of the Tongue but obscurely; and it constringeth the Choppes when a man swalloweth; and as Falopius perswades himselfe it helpeth to swallow a great morsell; be∣cause in diglutition or swallowing of meat it raiseth vp the throttle.

The fourth paire ariseth very slender from the inside of the appendix called Styloides, declineth forward, and is inserted with a membranous Tendon to the first Gristle of the * 1.171 Larynx or Throttle, to the sides of the bone Hyois, and the extremity of the rootes of the Tongue: and therfore (sayth Platerus) it may be sayd to be a paire common to the chops and to the Tongue, because it draweth the tongue and the foresayde parts backwards and vpward, and constringeth the choppes as wee swallow. These two latter paire doe con∣tract the choppes and somewhat lift vp the throttle that the swallow might bee the more facile and easie.

CHAP. XVII. Of the Muscles of the Bone called Hyois.

BEcause the meate when it is broken by both the Iawes and their Teeth, by the helpe of the Muscles of the Cheekes, the lower Iaw and the Tongue, must bee swallowed and transmitted into the Stomack; and that this diglutition or swal∣lowing is a voluntary motion, it had neede of Muscles appropriated thereunto and distinct from the muscles of the Tongue, because wee can swallow and yet hould our tongues still and stedfast: and beside, the muscles of the Tongue doe accomplish other priuate motions of their owne.

These Muscles which serue for diglutition they make to be proper to the bone Hyois,

both because they are annexed vnto it, and do also mooue it vpward and downward, and to both sides; for the bone it selfe was necessarily to be mouable, because it was ordained to be helpeful to deglutition. But there are two kinds of muscles which are ioyned to this bone: som haue their original frō it but do serue other parts, as the tongue & the Larynx. Others that take their originall from other bones, and yet are inserted into this Hyois and * 1.172 are proper to it, and of these we will intreate at this time, reckoning vp vnto you 4 payre although there be some who account sixe.

Of these two, paire are numbred with the muscles of the tongue, because the motions of the tongue and of the bone Hyois are very nere a kin, and therefore it is no wonder if their muscles be mixed and connected together.

The first paire run betweene the brest-bone and the bone Hyois, and are therefore cal∣led Sternohyoidei [Tab. 6. fig. 2 ^{Q •}] and appeare outwardly vnder the skin lying vppon the * 1.173 sharpe artery and the gristle of the throttle called Thyroeides. It ariseth with a broad and fleshy beginning from the vpper and inner side of the brest-bone, and runnes directly vp∣ward, and is implanted very fleshy without a tendon (saith Columbus) into the foreside of the basis of the bone Hyois. All along their passage they are fleshy and broad, and are diui∣ded in the middest by a line which passeth according to their length. Their vse is to draw the bone straight downward and backward, and by accident also they defend the throtle and the gristle Thyroesdes.

The second paire called Genio-hyoides [Tab. 6. fig. 2 S] are vnder the chinne, and the fift * 1.174 paire of the lower iaw. [Tab. 6. fig. 2 O] They are large and short and fleshy all ouer, and do arise with Fibres of a diuers course from the inner part of the lower iawe, and are in∣serted with the same breadth into the middle part of the bone Hyois, into which also the first paire was implanted. They draw directly vpward and somewhat forward.

The third paire called Styloceratoeides [Tab. 7. fig. 2 ^T] is seated obliquely and vnder the Chin as the former, and are outwardly stretched vppon the fifte paire of the neather Iaw. They are slender and round, and arise from the roote of the Appendixe Styloides * 1.175 aboue the originall of the fift muscle of the Iaw, and end into the hornes of the Hyois, that is, into the laterall or side parts thereof, and they are sometimes perforated in the middest to giue way to the muscle which openeth the Iaw. They moue the bone toward the sides and somewhat vpward.

The fourth paire is called Coracohyoeidei. [Tab. 6. fig. 2. V, V. Tab. 7, fig. 3, V, V] They ly lurking vnder the fourth muscle of the shoulder-blade, as Vesalius and Platerus haue no∣ted. * 1.176 They are slender and long, and do arise out of the processe called Carocoeides at the vpper end of the shoulder-blade nere his necke, and do run obliquely vpwarde vnder the seuenth muscle of the head, and are implanted where the third paire is, into the beginning of the lower processe of the bone Hyois, and these draw downward vnto the sides. This is a long paire on eyther side fleshy and hath a double belly, and therefore Galen cald them Digastricks, but in the middle they are slender and neruous as is the fourth muscle of the Iaw and the fift proper muscle of the Larynx, and extenuated into the forme almost of a Tendon, haply to giue way to the seuenth muscle of the head, which heere runneth ouer him [K] as to his better.

Concerning the vse of these muscles, we craue leaue to add yet a little more: some thinke they were not ordained for motion but rather for tension, to tye, establish & sus∣pend * 1.177 the bone Hyoides, so saith Laurentius: others as Archangelus thinke, they serue for di∣glutition, and that they are the proper muscles of the Hyois. Others as Arantius, because this bone is the basis of the Tongue, and because the basis of any thing can by no meanes be mooued, but that also must be moued which is established vpon that basis, do thence determine that these muscles do mooue the Tongue, and so much the rather because the manifold and frequent motions of the Tongue can hardly be imagined to be accompli∣shed by so few and so small muscles as determine or end in the substance of the Tongue. Wherefore these may be called the common Muscles of the tongue and the Hyois, into which certaine Nerues are distributed from the sixt Coniugation.

CHAP. XVIII. Of the Muscles of the Tongue.

THe tongue hath three ends in Nature; to speake, to taste, and to rowle the meate in the mouth, which cannot bee performed without motion, and therefore Nature hath allotted vnto it Muscles, which from those three actions may bee called, the * 1.178

Talkers, the Tasters, and the Rowlers of meate. In man the especiall end of the creation of the tong and of the motion of the same is for speech, as in beasts for tast.

For because they want hands wherwith to reach their meat or ••other vnto their tast, it was necessary they should be able with their tongues to lick and gather it of the earth but man * 1.179 is able to tast without the motion of the tong, because he hath hands wherewith to bring that he would tast vnto the instrument or organ of the sence: but both of them haue neces∣sary vse of it in rowling and returning the meat againe vnto the teeth which falleth from them into the space of the mouth.

VVherefore that it might answer those intentions, it was made moueable and had therfore muscles, and not muscles onely, but also a figure fit for motion, some parts being thinner then other: yet because it should not moue beyond his teather, Nature hath re∣strained it with a ligament, that the body of it which by reason of the diuers fibres it had * 1.180 was infinitely disposed to motion and agitation, might rowle vpon that axletree, or turne vpon those hinges onely: but of those things we haue spoken sufficiently heretofore, ex∣cepting of the muscles whose proper place this is.

The Muscles therefore of the Tongue are double, some are common, others proper. Those are esteemed to be common, which haue already bene said to belong to the bone * 1.181 Hyois, vnto which the third paire also now to be mentioned may happily be referred: and those proper which hauing their original other where, do determine and end in the sub∣stance of the Tongue.

The first paire are called Styloglossi or the Auger-tongue Muscles [Tab, 8. fig: 1 & 2 ^P] Galen dissect. muscul. 14 calleththem 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, that is transuerse. They haue slender originals * 1.182 from the vtter face of the Appendix Styloeides (as the fourth paire of the throat from the inside of it) and are implanted with transuerse fibres into both sides of the Tongue about the middle thereof, yea they proceede forward and attaine vnto the top of the Tongue; and when the Tongue is lilled out they draw it in againe. But because their. Fibres are so wouen one within another, when both of them are at once contracted toward their ori∣ginall they lift the tongue directly vpward, but when one of them onely worketh then is the tongue lead vpward to one side onely.

[Tab. 8. is the same with that in lib. 8. Fol. 643.]

The second paire are called Myloglossi or the grinder-tongue Muscles [tab. 8. fig. 1. and 2. ^G.] They arise with abroad and inuerted originall and transuerfe fibres from the sides * 1.183 of the lower iaw neare the roots of the grinding teeth called molares; and are inserted on both sides into the length of the ligament which is vnder the basis or foundation of the tongue, and degenerateth into the bridle by which the tong is tyed to the Chops. When one of these workes we turne the tongue vpward and obliquely, but when both of them mooue, then the tip is directly lifted vpward to the palate and vpper teeth. Sometimes this paire doubleth the tongue or maketh it hollow like a gutter, and sustaineth it so in forme of a compassed bow to the palate with the assistance of the ligament and bridle becoming somewhat rigide or stiffe. And if the second paire belonging to the bone Hyois doe worke with them, then the tongue becommeth more narrow and solid and is exerted or thrusted forth to his extent beyond the lips.

The third paire are called Genuoglossi or the chin-tongue Muscles [tab. 8. fig. 1. and 2 ^H.] They arise with a narrow beginning from an asperitie or roughnes in the inside of the * 1.184 middest of the Chin; afterward they become broader and replenished with right fibres, & are implanted into the middle of the tong the greatest part of them at the roote, yet some part of them runs out toward the tip, so that the diuers parts of the same Muscle do worke * 1.185 contrarily. For the greatest part of their fibres beeing drawne toward their origin all thrust the tongue beyond the teeth and the lippes, (although Auerrhoes thought that a proper motion of the tongue) the lesser part in their action draw it againe inward. Sometimes they communicate some fibres to the bone Hyois which they so draw vnto the chin. They haue also certaine lines in them which Anatomists call inscriptions as if they were many Muscles.

The fourth paire are called Basiglossi or Ypsiglossi or bone-tongue Muscles. [tab. 8. fig. 1. and 2. ^D, ^O.] These doe arise straight fleshy from the vpper and middle part of the bone Hyois * 1.186 and in some places are obscurely diuided asunder, as if they were many muscles, and so run a long the length of the tongue, and are inserted in the middest of it. Their vse is when they are contracted to draw the tongue directly inward or backward toward his roots.

The fifth paire are called Ceratoglossi or horne-tongue Muscles [tab. 8. fig. 1. and 2. ^E.] and arise from the vpper hornes (if they be there) of the bone Hyois from whence passing * 1.187 somewhat obliquely or sloping they are inserted into the sides of the tongue neare vnto his root; sometimes they arise from the neather hornes when the vpper are wanting, or are not very bony, but rather like ligaments; which as wee haue sayd is most commonly in wo∣men which haply makes their tongues more plyable. If one of these onely be contracted the tongue, especially the roote of it, is drawne side-long downeward, and so it may bee sayd to mooue to the right side or to the left: but if both of them be contracted then is it mooued right downeward toward the throate; this paire in Oxen is double, in men it is but single.

These fiue paire of Muscles therefore do moue the tongue vpward, downeward, foreward, backeward, on the right hand and on the left hand, or to the sides; but if they * 1.188 worke successiuely, that is, one vpon another, then they turne the tongue round; & all these motions the muscles of the boue Hyois do not a little further which some do rather ascribe to the fibrous substance of the Tongue, which hath indeed all three kindes of fibres.

At the roote of the Tongue when these Muscles are remooued there appeareth a * 1.189 certaine flesh compounded of many Glandules mingled with fat, which flesh doeth not merrit the name of a muscle, because a Muscle doeth not consist of glandules or kernelles but of fleshy fibres. [tab, 8, fig, 1, and 2, ^H.] This knot of glandules groweth at the roote of the Tongue that with their liquor it might alwaies bee kept moyste, because without moysture there can be no perfect taste, no more then there can be any concoction in the Stomack without Elixation or boyling, for the concoction of the Stomacke is not a roa∣sting but a boyling or elixation; & therefore Nature hath ordained the Glandulous Pan∣creas or Sweet-bread to touch the Stomacke, that thence there might continually ascend moyst vapours that the concoction of the stomacke might be accomplished by a moyste boyling, not by a dry roasting.

Moreouer, this moysture of the kernelly flesh maketh the motion of the Toung more glib and glad as wee say; or nimble; for when the Tongue is dry (as vvee may perceiue in those that are exceedingly a thirst) his motions are more slovv; the same also vvee haue experience of in those that labour of burning Agues, in vvhome all the moysture of the Tongue is exhausted and dryed vp. Moreouer, the Almonds of the Throate which we call Tonsilla, as is before obserued by yeilding a perpetuall moysture, doe moisten the Tongue and so further his motion.

CHAP. XIX. of the Muscles of the Larynx or Throttle.

BEcause the actions of the Throttle or Larynx are perfourmed with voluntary * 1.190 motion, Nature hath giuen it muscles, which by their action which is Contrac∣tion might bend, extend and moue sidelong the ioynts of the gristles, that so the glottis or Toung-let might become mouable and his cleft might be made broader or narrower as need should require: for so it behoued to be, because it was con∣uenient that our voice as well as our speach should be at our commaund. The Throt∣tle therefore hath two kindes of Muscles, Common and Proper. The Common are sixe, (or three paire) of which foure doe constringe and two do dilate it. The Common are * 1.191 so called because they arise from other partes, and are but implanted into the Throttle; and of these wee will treate first, because they first fall vnder our view and so come first to be shewen.

The first paire of the common Muscles [tab. 9. fig. 7. xx] which Vesalius and diuers o∣thers * 1.192 do make the second, is situated in the forepart of the Throttle, one on each side, and we call them Bronchios or the weazon Muscles, because they cleaue to the rough artery all along, which is called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 by Hippocrates. For they arise with a fleshy and broade be∣ginning from the vpper and inner part of the Breast-bone at the very Iugulum aboue the clauicles, and with right sibres doe runne vp along the weazon fleshy and a little broader then where they arose, & are inserted into the sides of the shield gristle called Thyroeis, be∣low neare the Glandules with a broade and fleshy Tendon; which in man is but one, but in beasts it is deuided in the middest, & in most of them one part is fastned into the throt∣tle, the other into the bone Hyois. Yet Galen is of opinion that this is their originall, and that they are inserted into the brest-bone.

They are very long, because not the snield-gristle or the Thyroides only, but the whole

Larynx is moued especially in a base voice, where the throttle mooueth downeward, and the whole weazon is contracted in his membranous distances, and therefore it was, that this paire cleaueth to the whole length of it.

They are moreouer very slender, because the throttle easily descending with his own waight did not require any great strength: yet notwithstanding they haue certaine in∣scriptions or neruous distinctions, such as are in the right muscles of the paunch, by which their length and tenuity is secured from danger.

Their vse is to draw down the shield-gristle called Thyroides, and below to constringe or contract it, and so to dilate the cleft or fissure of the glottis or toung-let in a base voice; they also doe somewhat contract the weazon, that it be not doubled when wee speake, or the throttle too much dilated aboue.

The second paire of Common muscles [ta. 9. fig. 3. ^h] which Vesalius cals the first paire * 1.193 as also doth Falopius and some others; is situated likewise in the forepart of the Larynx or throttle, and are called Hyoeides, or rather Hyothyroeides or the shield-bone muscles, these are opposed to the former and are farre shorter. They arise broad and fleshy almost from all the lower part of the bone Hyois, to whose inward sides they seeme to be continuated; and with right fibres they creepe downeward together, sauing that their inner sides doe depart one from another, and are each of them implanted with a broad and oblique end into the lower part of the Gristle Thyroeides which they wholly couer. Their vse is to di∣late the lower part of the shield-gristle and to contract his vpper, & by drawing the throt∣tle vpward to make the cleft shorter and narrower; so we may perceiue that in an acute or shrill voice the throttle moueth vpward; but if this muscie doe proceede obliquely back∣ward as often it doth, then it mooueth the shield-gristle or Thyroeis vpward and forward. I can giue no better reason of their shortnesse, but because the Larynx hath other helpes to draw it vpward beside these: for the bone Hyois being mooued vpward by other Mus∣cles, draweth the whole throttle vpward with it.

Tab. 9. The same with the xv. Lib. 8. Fol. 635.

The third paire of common Muscles [Tabl. 9. fig, 7^ll] are seated in the backe part of the Larynx, they are called oesophagaei or the Gullet muscles, and truely some thinke they * 1.194 are muscles of the oesophagus or Gullet and not of the Throttle or Larynx, because they encompasse the gullet on euery side and are thought to helpe much indiglutition. They are altogether fleshy and large, and do especially lye vpon the vpper part of the Gullet, * 1.195 which they encompasse saith Galen like a sphincter, three fingers bredth ouerthwart, and do almost cleaue vnto it.

They arise from the sides of the Shield-gristle or Thyrois all along, where there ap∣peareth a rough line, and passe aboue the gullet with their Fibres almost transuerse, and there in their extremities or ends they meet, yet so that they are distinguished by a white line running through their length, especially in beastes, for in a man it is oftentimes not visible, & beside the Fibres do not seeme to be diuided, so as they may easily be taken for one muscle. Their vse is, as they contract the sides of the Shield-gristle or of the Thyrois, so to compresse it to binde and streighten the cleft; but as they encompasse the gullet & are drawne into themselues, so by a voluntary motion they helpe the swallowe, and are somewhat assistant to the naturall Faculty as we haue partly opened before. And thus much of the common muscles of the throttle, now follow his proper.

Of proper muscles there are ten (or fiue paire) sixe of them do dilate, and foure con¦tract; they are called Proper, because they both arise from the Larinx to which they grow, * 1.196 and againe are inserted into it, imploying all their seruice to it alone, opening the cleft in inspirations or when we take in breath, and shutting it when we breath out; besides they fasten together the two Cartilages or gristles, which do originally and of themselues helpe the forming of the voyce. Of these muscles some are before, some behinde, others without others are placed within.

The first paire of the proper [tab. 9. fig 4. ^s but in the sixth figure one of them is separated, the other remaineth in his place,] which are forward and vttermost we cal Antici Crycothy∣roidei * 1.197 or the forward Ring-shield muscles: their situation is in the lower and forepart of the Larynx, they arise from the Cartilage cald Crycois or the Ring fleshy (but small and hauing * 1.198 oblique fibres) & proceed obliquly til they be implanted into the Basis of the shield-gristle or Thyroeides withinward, & in their whol progresse (their middle part only excepted) they

fleshy and broade: and if you seperate the lower processe of the shield-gristle or Thyroi∣des from Crycoides or the Ring and follow it with a section, you shal perceiue that there is one in each part.

The vse of these is to moue the Thyroides from aboue downward, to ioyn it to the Cry∣coides, to constringe the lower part of Thyroides and to dilate the vpper part, and by that meanes to open the glottis or cleft of the Larynx.

The second paire are called Crycoarythenoidei postici, the backeward Ring-Ewer mus∣cles. * 1.199 [tab. 9. fig. 5. f] Their situation is in the backside of the Ring-gristle and they arise nar∣row and fleshy from the lower and backe partes of the same gristle, and running vpward [ta. 9. fig. 5. f] do fill a smooth cauity made for their sake in the backside of the Ring-gristle which looketh toward the Gullet or Ocsophagus; and at length becomming more large & strong with fibres somewhat sloping or oblique, they fall from the spine or rough line of the Ring-gristle, and are inserted on both sides neruous into the lower part of the Ewer∣gristle where it is articulated with the Ring-gristle.

The vse of these is to turne the third Gristle backeward to the outside of the Larinx, * 1.200 to open the cleft and dilate it to the sides, and so they further the base voice. But as they haue both right and oblique fibres, so they serue for diuers and mixed motions; with the right they draw the cleft backeward and so open it; with the oblique they helpe to moue toward the sides; so that they open and enlarge the cleft both in the length and in the bredth of it.

The third paire are called Crycoarthenoidei laterales or the side Ring-ewer muscles. [tab 9. fig. 4. r.] Their originall is fleshy from the Ring-gristle where it is brodest, from whence they proceede directly vpward, and become larger and more fleshy, & are inserted to the * 1.201 sides of the Ewer-gristle at the articulation or ioynt, and do occupy all the roote of the third gristle which the former paire do not touch.

Their office is outwardly to sunder the double Ewer-gristles, and to separate them one from another so much as the fifth paire drawes them together, and by that meanes they driue out the sides of the cleft and open the throtle. But because these muscles are seated, partly without, and partly within the capacitie, happily on the outside they binde or contract the Larinx.

The fourth paire called Thyroidei interni, the inward shield-gristle, or Thyroar the∣noidei, that is, the shield-ewer muscles, [tab. 9. fig. 4. ^c. tab. 8. fig. 1. ^cc.] are broade, fleshy, and * 1.202 haue diuers fibres mingled and vnited together, and in their beginning three inscriptions or distinctions as if they were three seuerall muscles, and are seated ouerthwartwise, in the capacitie of the Larinx or throtle. They arise close one to the other from the inner, hollow and middle part of the shield-gristle (whose inward cauity they fil) along the whole length of it, and with oblique fibres they ascend vpward, growing narrower in the ascent, and are inserted into the sides of the ewer-gristle which forme the rongue-let or glottis following the sides of the cleft.

These are the largest and strongest of all the proper Muscles and almost equall all the Muscles of the throttle put together, and that for good reason, namely because in the re∣taining of the breath they were to resist all the Muscles of the Chest. For in drawing the parts of the Ewre-gristle vnto the Shield-gristle, and in constringing them or gathering them together and thrusting the tongue-let forward, they shut it vp and are said to close the throtle. If in these Muscles there happen an inflāmation it bringeth a mortal squinna∣sy there appearing no rednesse neyther in the chops, nor in the mouth, nor in the necke. * 1.203 For in the squinsie sometimes the brest-bone, sometimes the necke looke red; the brest∣bone because of the continuity of the weazon muscles, which wee saide did arise fleshy from the vpper and inner side of the brest-bone and ran all along the weazon, and were inserted into the Shield-gristle.

The sides of the necke become red, because of the Gullet Muscles which arising from the sides of the Shield-gristle doe encompasse the whole gullet like a sphincter: also the fore and vpper part of the neck looketh red, because of the continuity of the Shield-bone Muscles which arising from the bone Hyois are inserted into the lower part of the Shield∣gristle couering the same wholie.

The fift and last paire called Arytenoidei or the Ewre-Muscles [Tab. 9. fig. 4 and 5 ^g] are scituated outward and backeward aboue the gristle where it resembleth the figure of an * 1.204 Ewre or Water-spout, and where the gullet is ioyned to the throttle, and the third gri∣stle

is articulated with the second. They arise from the backe line or spine of the Ewer∣gristle, and doe runne vp with oblique fibres to the middle thereof, and where the two parts of the gristle are tyed together they also are ioyned and inserted. These are small, Columbus and Archangelus say they be the least in the whole body: on the one side they bunch out like peares, but within they grow to the gristle, in the midst where they ioyne they are broader and thicker, as also where the white line appeareth, and seeme to grow in∣to one in a common Tendon, then they become neruous for more strength that they might not be indangered in their perpetuall motion, especially when we hold our winde vpon occasion long; and therefore some haue accounted them for one muscle, some for two; and because they are on either side fleshy they are to be numbred among those that haue their Tendon in the middest, as is the fifth muscle of the lower iaw called therefore Digastricus or double bellied, and also the fourth paire of the bone Hyois.

The vse of these muscles is to moue the ewer-gristle sidelong to the right hand and to the left; yea to constringe or knit the basis or foundation of the same, to draw both his parts together, to presse them one to the other, and so to straighten and close the cleft; whereby it is manifest that this third gristle was necessarily made double, for if it had bene * 1.205 single it could not haue beene straightned by these muscles nor shut by the fourth paire, nor opened by the second and the the third paires. Moreouer these inward muscles be∣ing inflamed the most acute and sharpe Squinasie is ingendred: for when they swell, by reason of the aboundance of the matter the outgate of the breath is hindered, and so * 1.206 the patient instantly suffocated, which wee haue knowne in the hundreds of Essex to hap∣pen within twelue houres after the disease began.

The vse of the muscles of the Larinx or throttle as well common as proper, is to moue the gristles thereof with voluntary motion to the infinite modulations or diuers ac∣cents of the voyce: so that when part thereof, especially the vpper, is fitly dilated & straight∣ned, * 1.207 or opened and shut; the cleft of it (which is the proper and immediate organ of the voyce) might be either dilated for a base, or streightned for making an acute or shril found which verily the common muscles doe more manifestly, and the proper more ob∣scurely. These muscles are altogether diuers from the muscles of the bone Hyois, and of the tongue: for if when they be at rest, you put your hand to your Larynx and offer to * 1.208 sing in base tunes, you shall perceiue the throttle to descend downeward, and in shrill and treble you shall manifestly perceiue it to ascend vpwards.

CHAP. XX. Of the muscles of the Epyglottis or the ouer-tongue.

GAlen is of opinion that the motion of the Epyglottis or ouer-tongue is in a man not voluntary but naturall, or at least hee leaueth it doubtfull whether it haue any muscles or no Vesalius, Platerus, Columbus and Laurentius thinke and resolue there are none, yet Platerus maketh question whether they be not * 1.209 found in such men as doe easily vomit. Of the same opinion also is Bauhinus, Aquapendens thinketh the motion of it voluntary & performed by membranous muscles. For my owne part I dare not stickle in so nice a question. In beasts that chew the cud they all acknowledge that it hath muscles, those we will briefly describe for the helpe of young Anatomists who do often in the want of mens bodyes dissect the throttles of Oxen or Sheepe to practise themselues.

There are therefore in beasts 2. paire of muscles belonging to the Epyglottis or ouer∣tong, the first are called Hyoglotti, or the bone-tong, the second the Ewer-tongue muscles. * 1.210

The Hyoglotti or bone-tongue muscles are seated in the backe of the ouer-tong, they arise from the middest of the inner part of the bone Hyois, and are inserted on either side into the Basis of the Epiglottis neare his middle. They raise vp the ouer tongue after it is depressed in the swallowing of meate and drinke, to make free passage for expiration which otherwise would by it be intercepted.

The Ewer-tongue muscles because of the largnesse of the Larinx or throttle are most euident in oxen. They arise fleshy from the vpper part of the Ewer-gristle at his articula∣tion. * 1.211 At their originall they are contiguous or touch one another, and for a great space seeme vnited and mingled, and runne a long course keeping their proportion through the inside of the Shield-gristle, & at length retaining their vnition or coniunction are inserted into the inner Basis of the Epyglottis or ouer-tongue.

CHAP. XXI. Of the Muscles which mooue the head.

THe head is mooued primarily or secondarily. Primarily aboue the second rack-bone of the Necke or aboue the first: aboue the second either bend∣ing forward or extending backward, aboue the first it is moued as a Naue * 1.212 vppon an Axletree, or rather as the Poyse of a Watch vpon his Bridge. All these motions are performed by seuen or rather by nine proper paire, (Falopius in his Obseruations acounteth ten) 7 of which are Extenders and Compassers & are situated on the back part in the neck; & two Benders which are placed in the forepart of the necke. The head is mooued secondarily and by accident when it followeth the mo∣tion of the necke: the muscles therefore of the necke mooue the head but onely vnto the sides. For if the necke be not mooued, wee cannot incline the heade at all to the Shoul∣ders.

The first paire are called Splenij or the splintes, because they are very like the rowled * 1.213 splints which Chyrurgeons vse when bones are broken. [ta. 10. δ δ, their original is mar∣ked with 8. their insertion is with 9] They are long and thicke, and on both sides rest vp∣on the rack-bones, and albeit they are very fleshy yet at their original from the fiue vpper * 1.214 rack-bones of the Chest (for they rarely reach vnto the fixt) they are sinewy. From thence they ascend vpward and grow fleshy receiuing a new original from the Ligaments of the rack-bones of the necke; some thinke they arise onely from hence, some from both pla∣ces; howsoeuer their ascent to the head is not direct but somewhat oblique, & from that part of them which proceedeth out of the spines of the chest are produced two membra∣tions Tendons which are inserted into the transuerse processes of the first and third Ver∣tebrae

[illustration]

TABVLAX.

[illustration]

Table x. Wherein some Muscles of the heade, the chest, the arm, & the shoulder blade are described.

• I, The processe of the shoulder-blade, called the top of the shoulder.
• O, the fourth Muscle of the arme or the greater round Muscle to which Fallopius his right mus∣cle is adioyned, which some cal the lesser round muscle.
• QQ, the sixt muscle of the arme or the vper blade∣rider. X, the 2 muscle of the shoul∣derblade or the Leuator or beauer.
• Z, the second muscle of the Chest or the greater Saw muscle.
• r, the fift muscle of the chest or the muscle called Sacrolumbus.
• α, β. His place wherein it cleaueth fast to the lon∣gest muscle of the backe.
• γγ, the tendons of this muscle obliquely inserted into the ribs.
• ΔΔ, the first paire of the muscles of the heade or of the Splinters.
• Ch. 8, 9. their lēgth whose beginning at 8 & inser∣tion at 9.
• 10, 11, the sides of this Muscle.
• 12, that distance where they depart one from the other.
• 13, the two muscles called Complexi, neare theyr insertion.
• Φ, the second muscle of the backe or the Longest muscle.
• Ω, the fourth muscle of the backe or the Semispi∣natus.
• ♌, the shoulder blade bare.
• p, A part of the transuerse muscle of the Ahdomen.

of the necke, or sometimes of the second, third and fourth, Laurentius will haue them to haue a double insertion; one part of them into the transuerse processes of the second Racke-bone, another part into the Occipitium of the head toward the sides of the Labdall suture, and thither I am sure their fleshy part reacheth. For they are neruous in the Chest, and fleshy from thence forward, their fibres running obliquely vpward from the spine of the lower to the transuerse processes of the vpper racke-bones, all of them al length determining in the Nowle: yet Columbus sayeth they are right as long as the two muscles ioyne, and become oblique but after their diuision. For where they arise at the spine of the Chest they make a sharpe nooke or angle which is dilated as they ascend, and about the third Racke-bone of the necke the right is seuered from the left with a notable distance [tab. 10. character 12.] so as the space betweene them resembleth a triangle [tab. 10. char. 9. 10. 12.]

Their Implantation is broade and fleshy into the Nowle [tab. 10. from 11. to 9.] and so they haue three sides: one from their beginning to their parting asunder; the second from thence to the Nowle; the third from the nowle backe to their originall. Falopius hath obserued that sometimes they are inserted with a neruous particle into the processe called Mammillaris or the Teat-like processe.

The vse of this paire is when they both mooue, to draw and extend the head directly backeward: but when one of them onely worketh then they turne the head to the sides, and the right moueth somewhat backward saith Archangelus.

The second paire are called Complexi [ta. 11. ^ABCDEF] or the brayded Muscles, because * 1.215 they are wouen and brayed together with the third and fourth Muscles of the necke like a flat poynt wouen of diuers threds, or else because of the diuers formes. For their origi∣nals

[illustration]

TABVLA. XI.

[illustration]

Table 11. sheweth some Muscles of the Head, the Backe, the Ghost, the Shoulder-blade and the Arme.

• AD, the second paire of the Muscles of the head or the two Complexi, the first part is at AD.
• BC the second part, EF, the third part rising vp vnder G and inserted at F.
• G, the fourth part of this muscle or the right mus∣cle of the heade according to Falopius, which Vesalius made the fourth part of the second.
• GG, (Betwixt the ribs) the externall Intercostall muscles.
• L, the originall of the second muscle of the back.
• M, His tendons at the rack-bone of the necke.
• The vpper O the fourth muscle of the arme or the greater round muscle.
• OO, the lower, the sixt muscle of the Chest or the Sacrolumbus hanging from his originall.
• Q the sixt muscle of the arme or the vpper Blade∣rider inuerted.
• V, the third ligament of the ioynt of the arme.
• X, the fourth muscle of the shoulder-blade or the heauer.
• Z, the second muscle of the Chest or the greater Saw-muscle.
• Ξ, the third muscle of the neck called trāsuersalis.
• Π, the fourth muscle of the necke called Spinatus.
• Σ, the first muscle of the back or the Square muscle
• Φ, The second muscle of the backe or the Longest whose originall is at L and his tendons at the vertebrae at MM.
• Ω the fourth muscle of the backe called Spinatus.
• ♌, the backe of the shoulder-blade flayed.

of diuers fashions, and they are diuersly also inserted into the Nowle or occiput. They haue many tendinous parts, and many also fleshy, so that each of them seemes to be compounded as it were of three seuerall Muscles, or rather hath three Originals. The first ariseth farre off with a sharpe originall euen out of the Transuerse processe of the fourth and fift rack-bones of the Chest, this immediately after his springing appeareth fleshy [at A] and of the fashion of a Mouse, when it atteyneth vnto the beginning of the Necke [at B] it ceaseth to be fleshy and endeth as it were in a round Tendon, and hauing ouercome the roote of the necke at [C] it groweth fleshy againe (as the Muscle of the bone Hyois called Digastricus or double-bellied) and so is inserted in the middle of the Nowle-bone. [at D]

The second originall or beginning of this Muscle is shorter, growing round and ner∣uous out of the spine of the seuenth racke bone of the necke. [at C] Platerus addeth som∣times * 1.216 of the first, and sometimes of the second, as it ascendeth it becommeth fleshie and is mingled with the former before his insertion is implanted into the nowle. The third [Ta. 11 from ^E to ^F] is situated in the side and springeth partly fleshy, partly neruous from the transuerse or ouerthwart processes of the second and first racke-bones of the Chest. * 1.217 Platerus addeth from the fiue lower of the necke. From thence it proceedeth obliquely outward and becommeth fleshy and broad and is inserted into the Nowle at the root of the Mammillary processe, but it is not of the same forme in Dogs and Apes. These mus∣cles if they worke together, they extend the head directly drawing it backward, if eyther of them mooue alone the head is drawne round to one side. Archangelus addeth a little also backward by the right and forward by the left.

The third paire (which Vesalius reckoneth for the fourth part of the second Muscle bee∣ing * 1.218 deceyued saith Falopius by certaine fibres of one of the muscles of the backe vvhich grow to the beginning of it) [Tab. 11, ^GG] is not very great or thicke and is situated vnder the second paire. They arise Neruous from the transuerse processes of the six first rack-bones of the necke; sometimes also but rarely from the fiue vppermost of the chest; then it becommeth fleshy and stretcheth obliquely vpward and inward, their Fibres reaching to the spines of the bones, and at their insertion which is to the backewarde roote of the Mammillary processe they end Neruous, receyuing an additament or encrease by two small portions arising from the transuerse processe of the first rack-bone of the Necke. Their vse is when they moue together to lead the head lightly backward; if either of them worke alone it draweth it backward to one side.

The fourth paire which are called Recti maiores the greater right Muscles [Tab. 12, ^{A B}] * 1.219 are yet small, fleshy and slender, arising from the top or height of the spine of the second bone of the necke at [E] where they touch one another, but presently part againe & as∣cend both vpward and end round in the middle of the Nowle or Occipitium.

The fift paire called Recti Minores, the lesser right muscles [Tab. 12, ^FG] are situated vn∣der * 1.220 the former and are like them in substance, forme and progresse. They arise close toge∣ther from the back part of the first Vertebra where the bone should haue ended in a spine but that spine is wanting, because it would haue offended those muscles: presently after their originall they part and ascend vpward, and on either side are implanted round into the middle of the Nowle. The two last paires haue one and the same vse, which is if they * 1.221 mooue together directly to extend the head drawing it backewarde, but if one of them mooue alone, it mooueth it circularly to one side. Nowe the reason why there are so many muscles appointed to draw the head backward, is because the forpart of the head by reason of the face and the neather Iaw is very heauy and weighty, and therefore nee∣ded more helpe to retract it, whereas it noddeth forward very easily.

The sixt paire, according to Vesalius the fift, are called Oliqui superiores the Vpper ob∣lique * 1.222 muscles, [Tab. 12, ^{H I}] they are seated vnder the right, and are like them in forme & substance: small they are and arise out of the middle of the Nowle at the vtter side of the fourth paire, thence they descend downward, and are ouerthwartly inserted into the top [at D.] of the transuerse processes of the first rackbone of the Necke, the right muscle in∣to the right processe, and the left into the left. Their vse is, if they both mooue to nodde gently and directly backward, if one alone then the head enclineth backward to that side the muscle is on which mooueth.

The seauenth paire, according to Vesalius the sixt, according to Columbus the fifte, are * 1.223 called Obliqui inferiores, the lower oblique muscles. [Tab. 12, ^{K L}] They arise from the spine

[illustration]

TABVLA XII. Sheweth the Muscles of the Head and the Necke.

• A, B. The third paire of the Muscles of the head called Recti Maiores. C. the Mamillary processe.
• D. The transuerse processe of the first rackbone of the necke.
• E. The processe of the second rackebone of the necke
• F, G. the fourth paire of muscles of the head called Re∣cti minores.
• H, I. the fift paire of muscles of the head called Obliqui Superiores.
• K, L. the sixt paire of muscles of the head called obliqui Inferiores.
• X. the fourth paire of Muscles of the shoulder blade.
• Λ, the second muscle of the necke cald Scalenus which Falopius maketh the right muscle of the Chest.
• Π, the fourth muscle of the necke called spinatus.
• Σ, the first muscle of the backe called Quadratus.
• Φ, the second muscle of the backe called Longissimus.
• a, The sinus or bosome of this Muscle, whereby it gi∣ueth way vnto the third muscle of the backe, called Sacer.
• b, His Originall.
• Ψ, the third muscle of the backe called Sacer.
• γ, His originall.
• ♌. His end.
• Ω, The fourth muscle of the backe called Semispina∣tus.
• •• His vpper end vnder the fourth Muscle of the necke.

of the second rack-bone of the necke [from ^• to ^D] and passing obliquely vpward are im∣planted into the transuerse processes of the first Vertebra. These, is also the oblique su∣periors, are longish, round and fleshy (farre larger in Dogs and Apes then in men) and do make a triangle of equall sides.

The vse of this seuenth paire is semicircularly to mooue the head (for it hath not per∣fect circular motion) with the second Vertebra vpon the first when one mooueth alone. If they both mooue, either they keepe the head steddy as Fallopius in his obseruations con∣ceiueth, or else do draw it backward a very little, euen so much as may rather giue rest to the second racke-bone then motion; for the motion and rest of the head followeth the motion or rest of that second vertebra or rack-bone.

The eight paire which is the seuenth according to Vesalius are called Mastoidei [Tab. 6 * 1.224 fig. 2 ^R the latter, ta. 7. fig. 2 ^K] They are seated forward toward the face next vnder a mem∣branous and broad muscle in the necke; [Tab. 6. fig. 1 r] strong they are, long and round, and do appeare in leane carkasses vnder the skin before it bee dissected, yea in liuing bo∣dies, and these are they which the Ancients so diligently obserued in their Coynes. They * 1.225 arise from the middest of the top of the brest-bone [at 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉] and from a part of the Clauicle where it approacheth neere the brest-bone [at σ] to be articulated with it: at which their originall they are Neruous and broad, but more neruous where they arise from the brest * 1.226 bone, and from thence ascend obliquely vpward and become fleshy and thicke, and are obliquely inserted with a fleshy and thicke end into the Mamillary processe (which they compasse with their largenesse) and into the backpart of the Nowle. [Tab. 6. fig. 2 the vp∣per ^T] And this muscle by reason of his double originall betweene which there is a kinde * 1.227 of hollownes [between ρ & σ. f. 2] because it seemeth as if it might be diuided into two, som do diuide it into many. Their vse is if they moue together to bend the head forwarde into the bosome as when we nodde, either carrying the necke stiffe or inclining it: if one of * 1.228 them onely worke then the head is mooued forward to the left side if it be the right Mus∣cle, and to the right side if it be the left, which motion we may plainly perceiue in guiding a horses necke with the reines. This paire with the second paire of the bone Hyois [Tab. 6. fig. 2 γ γ] make a crosse in the Necke.

The ninth paire [taq. 13. at the side of ^{A B}] is added by Falopius, described in some sort by Galen, and is situated vnder the gullet in the forepart of the necke: it is a diuerse mus∣cle from the first paire of the necke [ta. 13. ^{A B}] to which it adioyneth. It ariseth neruous from the Ligaments of the racke-bones of the necke, which Ligaments or Chordes doe arise from all the transuerse processes of the racke-bones of the necke, especally from the 7. 6. 5. 4. and third.

After his originall this Muscle groweth somewhat fleshy, and ascending vpward is inserted with a fleshy end into the Basis of the head betwixt the two processes where the head is articulated with the first vertebra. His vse is when we nodde to bend the head somewhat forward. And thus much of the Muscles of the Head.

CHAP. XXII. Of the Muscles of the Necke.

THE Muscles which mooue the Necke primarily, and secundarily or by acci∣dent the Head, are on either side three, or foure if you adde the Scaleni, which we account rather among the muscles of the Chest: these are situa∣ted vnder the Muscles of the Head, some of them before at the sides of the necke, some of them behinde.

These motions of the Necke are to bend forward to extend backeward to incline to * 1.229 the sides and to turne round as it were: but there are more Muscles to draw it backward then forward, because the labour is greater by reason of the waight of the Necke and the Head.

The first paire are the two Long Muscles [ta: 13. ^{A B}] which are seated in the forepart of the Neck vnder the Gullet, wherefore they are also called the vnder Gallet-lurkers. These

[illustration]

Tab. 13. sheweth the cauities of the middle & the lower Bellies, all the Bowels being taken out where the Bones and Muscles do remaine, excepting the Breast bone.

[illustration]

TABVLA. XIII.

• A B, The first muscle bending the necke cal¦led Longus.
• C C, The second bender of the necke call•••• Scalenus.
• DDDD, the outward intercostall muscles.
• EEEE, The inner intercostall muscles,
• FFF, The second muscle of the chest called Serratus maior.
• G, the first muscle of the shoulder-blade cal∣led Serratus minor separated from his ori∣ginall.
• H, the first muscle of the arme called Pectora∣les separated from his originall.
• I, The 2. muscle of the arme called Deltoides.
• K, the bone of the arme without flesh.
• L, the first muscle of the cubite called Biceps.
• M, the 2. muscle of the cubit called Brachiaeus
• N, the clauicle or coller-bone bent backward
• O, the first muscle of the chest cald Subclanius
• P, the vpper processe of the shoulder-blade.
• Q the first muscle of the head called obliquus inferior.
• R, the 2. muscle of the head called Complexus.
• S, the fourth muscle of the shoulder blade cal¦lled 〈…〉〈…〉.
• T V, The two bellies of the fourth muscle of the bone Hyois.
• X X aa. The fift muscle of the back whose o∣riginall is at aa.
• Y Y bb cc, The sixt muscle of the thigh called Pfoae, whose original is at cc & tendon at bb.
• Z Z, the seauenth muscle of the thigh.
• d, The holy bone. ooo, The holes of the ho∣ly bone out of which the nerues do yssue.
• e, A portion of the fift muscle of the thigh a∣rising from the share-bone.
• f, The sharebone bared.
• k, The ninth muscle of the thigh or the first circumacter.

arise with a fleshy thin and sharpe beginning from the body of the fifth racke bone of the chest where the rib is articulated to it, and ascending broader doe grow to the fiue vpper vertebra of the chest and all of the necke. They also as they ascend by degrees do approch or incline one to the other, yet so as they leaue the middle part where the gullet descen∣deth vncouered, but at their determination they ioyne in a neruous and sharpe Tendon, and are implanted into the bunching processe of the first racke bone: sometimes but rare∣ly they are implanted & that obscurely into the nowle, euen at the great perforation ther∣of; so that it may seeme the nowle is turned by them. Their vse is by their propper mo∣tion when they work together to bend the necke directly foreward and withall to incline the head, but if one of them moue alone, then is the necke inclined forward into that side which is contracted, or on which the muscle moueth.

The second paire make those which are called Scaleni and are accounted as the 8. * 1.230 muscle of the Chest. [tab. 13. ^cc. tab. 12. λ.] Their situation is on the sides of the necke rather before then behinde. They are esteemed to arise fleshy and large from the first rib, and to be inserted into all the transuerse processes of the racke-bones of the necke, excepting sometimes the first and the second; from which we thinke with Falopius they haue their originall. Their vse is also thought to be, to bend the necke foreward as doth the first paire: this one thing is peculier to them saith Vesalius, and Platerus consenteth, that they haue a through-passage by which the veines and arteries do run into the arme. * 1.231

The third paire (which Vesalius maketh the third paire of the back, but Platerus the third paire of the necke) are called Transuersales, or the two ouerthwart muscles. [Tab. 11. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.] Their seate is in the backe, and they arise from the rootes of the transuerse processes of the sixe vppermost rackebones of the Chest, from whence by degrees they become stronger and thicker, and are inserted into the outside of the transuerse processes of all the bones of the necke, but more rarely into the first. Sometimes they haue two other ori∣ginals, one from the second paire of muscles of the backe, the other from the fift paire of the chest, which together make vp these muscles. Their vse is, if they worke together to ex∣tend directly backeward, if one of them alone the motion is not direct but oblique. Also betweene these do passe those nerues of the marrow of the backe which come out of the rackebones of the necke.

The fourth paire called Spinati because they are seated among the spines of the ver∣tebra * 1.232 [tab. 12. π.] do occupy or take vp the whole necke. They arise from the rootes of the spines of the seuen vppermost bones of the chest; and after they haue attained the lower∣most vertebra of the necke, they gather a broader originall therefrom, and yet with the fi∣bres which they receiued frō the vertebra of the chest they indeuour an obscure insertiō in * 1.233 to the spine of the lowermost vertebra: but they grow more strongly to the rest of the spines of the necke bones, and draw new beginnings from the rootes of their tranuerse processes euen to the second vertebra, and insert the fibres they receiue from them into the spine of the racke bone next aboue, till they haue implanted themselues ouer all the spine of that second racke bone of the necke, where the right is ioyned with the left: and indeede they ioyne all along their progresse vp the necke sauing where the spines of the bones peepe vp betweene them and seuer them a little asunder. Their fibres at their originall are outward, but as they ascend they incline inward.

Their vse is if they worke together, to extend the necke, drawing it directly backward, but if one of them moue alone then is their motion not direct but oblique to the side con∣tracted, or on which the muscle moueth. And so much of the muscles of the necke.

CHAP. XXIII. Of the muscles of the Shoulder-blade called Omoplata or Scapula.

THe Shoulder-blade hath foure right motions, forward, backeward, vpward downeward: for which it is prouided of foure muscles, Galen saith seuen, & Syluius reckons fiue, but al the rest agree in foure, for it is not moued round, * 1.234 for then it could not so firmele hold the shoulder bone; and besides the cla∣uicles being fastened vnto it do keepe it from turning.

The first muscle of the Shoulder-blade is called Serratus minor the lesser Saw muscle, [tab. 14. S.] it lieth vnder the pectoral muscle. His original is broad, and as it were, finger-fanged from the 4 vpper ribs (excepting the first, and very rarely from the sixth) a little be∣fore they end into their gristles, that his originall might be the firmer: & ascending oblike∣ly vpward, it groweth fleshy and neare the ioynt narrow, and hauing fashioned the figure

[illustration]

Table 14. sheweth the body, such as it appeareth after the Bowelles of the Lower and Middle Bellies are taken away. The right Arme with his Muscles remoyncth in his naturall situation, ex∣cept the Pectorall and the lesser Saw-muscles, which were necessarily to bee separated and taken a∣way with the Breast-bone. The left Arme is remoued from the side, that the blade of the shoul∣der and the Clauicle, and those things which lye vnder them might better appeare.

[illustration]

TABVLA. XIIII.

• AA, the first muscle of the cubit cal∣led Biceps.
• B, the second muscle of the cubit in the left arme called Brachiaus.
• DE, the first paire of muscles of the necke vnder the gullet.
• F, the 2. of the neck arising from the first rib.
• GGG, the outward intereostall mus∣cles.
• HHH, Letters set vppon the ribbes which should haue been placed v∣pon the inner intercostall muscles.
• I, the left clauicle or coller-bone re∣moued from his place and bared.
• K, the right clauicle or coller-bone in his owne place.
• L, the first muscle of the arme called Pectoralis, remoued from his ori∣ginall.
• αβ γ, The circumscription of this muscle.
• ♌, His tendon and insertion.
• M, The second muscle of the arme called Deltois.
• ζ H, his originall and insertion.
• N, the same muscle separated and re∣clined from his originall.
• O, The fourth muscle of the Arme called Rotundus maior.
• Q the 3. muscle of the cubite or the first extender.
• R, The seauenth of the arme called Subscapularis.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, his insertion into the arme.
• ξ, The tendon of the third muscle of the arme called Latissimus.
• S, The first muscle of the shoulder∣blade called Serratus minor, eleua¦ted from his implantation.
• TT, the 7. muscle of the thigh called Iliacus internus.
• Y, the first muscle of the chest called subclauius.
• ZZ, the 2. muscle of the Chest called Serratus maior. ΣΣ, the first muscle of the back called quadratus, Ω, the round Pronator or incliner of the Radius or wand. αα, the first bender of the Leg. ββ, the 2. bender of the Leg. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, the first paire of benders of the thigh called Lumbales, whose head is marked with a and his tendon with b, υυ, the third paire of benders of the thigh. φφ, Paires of nerues which goe vnto the thigh, ω, the Holy-bone.

of a Triangle is inserted with a Tendon partly fleshy partly neruous, into the shoulder∣blade neare the inner processe called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. His vse is to bend the shoulder-blade forward to the Chest; for if his vpper fibres be contracted it moueth it to the brest higher, if his lower, lower; if his middle fibres, then directly or in a straight line.

The second is called Cucullaris or the Monkes-hood [tab. 15. ^T] because with his other * 1.235 companion it couereth the backe as that doeth, or as a countrey wiues broade white ker∣chiefe, Galen calleth it Trapezius or the Table-muscle. His originall is fleshy and thinne, and transuerse or rather oblique from the Nowle; [from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 to 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉] but membranous & broad from the toppe of the spines of the necke euen vnto the height of the Chest: [from 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 to 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉] from thence it is straightned as it passeth toward the shoulder-blade, and is implanted fleshy and sinnewy into the spine of the blade, the top of the shoulder-bone and the mid∣dle almost of his Basis, and into the broader part of the Clauicle. [〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉] VVhere it looketh toward the necke of the blade, you shall meete with a membranous and nerous semicir∣cle [〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉] ordained haply least it should too straightly presse the muscle which sitteth vppon the gibbous part of the shoulder-blade [^M].

[illustration]

TABVLA XV. Sheweth the muscles on the backeside of the body.

• A, A part of the muscle of the cubit cald bicep••.
• B, The vpper and vtter part of the second muscle of the cubite called Brachiaeus.
• C, The third muscle of the cubite.
• D, The fourth muscle of the cubite.
• K, The insertion of the seuenth muscle of the head called Mastoides into the mammillary processe.
• M,M, the second muscle of the arme called Deltois
• N,N, The third muscle of the arme called Latissi∣mus circumscribed with κ λ μ, a part of whose tendon at the insertion in the former table is noted with ξ.
• τ, The vpper part of the Cowle muscle.
• O,O, The fourth muscle of the arme called Rotun∣dus maior.
• P,P, The fifth of the arme called super-scapularis inferior.
• Π, The first part of the supinator of the Radius or wand.
• *, A portion of the oblique descendent muscle of the Abdomen.
• Γ, the second muscle of the shoulder blade called Cucullaris.
• •• π. the originall of this muscle from the nowle.
• ζ σ, From the spines of eight rack bones of the chest
• From •• to π, from the spines of the necke.
• τ υ, His insertion into the spine of the blade, into the arme and clauicle.
• φ, His membranous semicircle.
• β, the fift muscle of the leg called Semimembraneus
• γ, the fourth muscle of the leg called biceps.
• ♌ ••, the 3. muscle of the leg called Semineruosus.
• ζ, the fleshy part of the first muscle of the leg or of the first extender.
• κ, the seuenth muscle of the leg, or the second ex∣tender couered ouer with the membranous tē∣don of the fixt.
• μμ, the first muscle of the thigh, or the first authour of the buttockes.
• i k l m n, His originall at i k l, his insertion at mn.
• r, the second muscle of the thigh hiddē almost by the former.
• ρ, A part of the 5 muscle of the thigh called. tricept

It is circumscribed or limited with fiue lines; the first is ouerthwart at the nowle, [from o to π,] the second runneth straight along the spines, [from σ to ρ,] two are oblique, one of them from the eare to the canell bone, the other from the ende of the straight line which I sayd did runne along the spines. [tab. 15. from τ to ρ.] The fifth and last is tranuerse in the * 1.236 middle of the muscle wher it is inserted into the spine of the blade, the top of the shoulder and the broade part of the cannell bone or clauicle. Wherefore this second muscle as well by reason of his diuers originall as also his seuerall kindes of fibres, mooueth the shoulder-blade diuersly. For when the fibres which run along obliquely downeward from the nowle and the spine of the neck are retracted, that is, when the vpper part of the muscle is retrac∣ted [at τ ν] then is the shoulder blade lift obliquely vpward, but when the fibres which pro∣ceede from the spines of the chest obliquely vpward are gathered into themselues, that is, when the lower part is crumpled together [tab. 15. Δ.] then the blade is drawne downe∣ward, but if the middle or the transuerse fibres be contracted [at σ.] then the blade is direct∣ly led to the backe.

The third muscle is called Rhomboides, that is, the square muscle, [tab. 16. ν.] It is situated vnder the former, thin it is, broad & four cornered, and groweth fleshy from the spine of the three lower rackebones of the necke and the three vpper of the chest, and his fibres run * 1.237 oblique from the backe to the bottome or foundation of the blade, into which basis of the blade it is also beingbroade, fleshily inserted after the length of it, and draweth it vpward somewhat and backeward, and coucheth it to the backe.

[illustration]

TABVLA XVI. Sheweth some Muscles of the Head and the Chest, the Cowle-Muscle being taken a∣way, as also of the Blade and of the Ar••••e.

• A. The prominent part of the fourth muscle of the Chest, called sorratus posticus superior.
• δ, the first muscle of the head called splenius.
• E, E. The insertion of the second muscle of the head called Complexus.
• I. The coller bone bared.
• M, The backpart of the second muscle of the arme called Deltois.
• ζ. H. His backward originall.
• θ. His implantation into the arme.
• NN. the 4 muscle of the arm cald Latissimus
• S, μ. His originall from the spines of the rack bones, and from the holy bone.
• τ, The connexion of this muscle with the hanchbone which is led in the inside from μ to π.
• ν, the place where it lieth vpon the lower an∣gle of the Basis of the shoulderblade.
• O, the 4. muscle of the arme called Rotundus maior. e, Some muscles of the backe do here offer themselues.
• P, the fift muscle of the arme called supersca∣pularis Inferior.
• Q. The 6. muscle of the arme called Super Sca¦pularis Superior.
• S, The beginning of the third muscle of the arme called Latissmus.
• V, the third muscle of the Blade cald Rhom∣boides.
• φ, X, His originall from the spines of the rack bones.
• ψ, ω. His insertion into the Basis of the shoul∣der blade.
• ••. The 4. muscle of the Blade called Leuator.
• ••. A part of the oblique descendent muscle of the Abdomen.
• ...The other Letters in the thigh haue the same re∣ference which they had in the former Table.

The fourth Muscle is called Leuator or the Heauer [Tab. 16 at X] and is situated aboue the clauicle. His originall is very diuorse (whence it is that some haue made diuerse Mus∣cles of it) * 1.238 from the transuerse processes of the racke-bones of the necke, and commonlie from the 1, 3, 4, 5. but rarely from the second. But these diuers originals do soone grow into one; and passing downe do make a strong and fleshy muscle, which is inserted with abroad and fleshy tendon (his Fibres being all of them almost right, few oblique) to the vpper and inner angle of the shoulder-blade. His vse is to draw the blade vpward toward the fore-part and to the sides of the necke.

These are the Muscles by which the blade is moued originally, the arme by accident, as also the blade is mooued by accident by the Muscles of the arme, for when they draw the arme, they draw the blade also by consecution which is annexed thereto.

CHAP. XXIIII. Of the Muscles of the arme.

THE Ancients called all that the Hand which is betwixt the toppe of the Slioulder and the Fingers. The first part therefore of the whole Hand is called in Latine Humerus, which we translate the Arme, and it reacheth from the top of the shoulder to the next Ioynt or bending of the Cubit, * 1.239 which we call the Elbow. The Graecians call this part 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉, and the ca∣uity which is vnder the Ioynt at the shoulder is called Ala the Arme-pit. The toppe iust against the pitte is properly called the Shoulder. This member that it may more easi∣ly be moued euery way is articulated with the shoulder blade by Enarthrosis (which kind of articulation wee shall make plaine in the Booke of Bones) and mooued by Mus∣cles.

The voluntary motions of the Arme are fiue: forward to the Breast, backeward to∣ward the backe, vpward toward the necke and the head, downeward to the sides of the chest, and finally, it is moued in compasse or circumuerted. For all these motions there are seauen Muscles: some of which as the first and the third are fastned to the Chest, the rest grow vnto the shoulder-blade.

All these we will describe according to the order of dissection: yet first we giue you to vnderstand that Galen in his Booke de dissectione Musculorum and the 18. Chapter, recko∣neth eleuen, three ascending from the Breast vnto the Arme, two from the regions of the handes, and fiue from the shoulder-blade, the eleauenth seaseth vppon the Eopmis. Ves∣salius, Columbus, Archangelus and Falopius in his institutions reckon seauen: the same Fa∣lopius in his obseruations and Laurentius account eight. But wee hold vs to seauen accor∣ding to the Authours aboue named and Bauhine with them.

The first is called Pectoralis the Pectorall Muscle [ta. 17. ^L] so named from his situati∣on, * 1.240 because it occupieth the forepart of the Chest. It is a large muscle and fleshy, and be∣cause of his originall it consisteth of vnequall sides: whence it was that it is called by Lau∣rentius Pentagonus or quinquelaterus as hauing fiue sides. It groweth almost to the whole Breast-bone and the gristle thereto annexed, to the middle of the clauicle where it is nea∣rest to the Breast-bone and to the gristles of the 6. 7. and 8. ribs: so as it may seeme to him that takes but an ouert view thereof, to be compounded of many muscles. [ta. 17. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 doe circumscribe it, and ta. 18. fig. 1.] Yea Galen himselfe in the 18. chap. of his Booke de dissec∣tione Musculorum, and the 13. of the 13. de vsu partium, thinketh it may be deuided into 3. or foure, but Columbus reprehendeth him for it. Notwithstanding for Galen wee may * 1.241 say; that from the clauicles it ariseth with a fleshy originall, and from the middle of the Breast-bone and the gristles of the ribs which are membranous and neruous. Afterward by degrees it becommeth thicker and more fleshy, and is againe by degrees straightned & gathered narrow, reseruing in the vpper part by reason of the short course of his fibres a fleshy body, but below long before his insertion it appeareth liuid and neruous, and the depth and bottome thereof is much slenderer then the vpper part.

[Table 17. is the same with Table 14. Folio 773.]

At length it is Implanted with a short but broad sinnewy and strong tendon [tab. 17. * 1.242 and ta. 18. fig. 1. and 2. ♌••.] to the bone of the arme lengthwise a little below the inner head thereof, betwixt the muscle called Deltoides and that which is called Biceps. [ta. 1••. and ta. 18. fig. 1. ^{H •}] But at his implantation hee bendeth forwards as if his tendon were redupli∣cated. And truely in some men a portion of it is found to grow into a kind of point, im∣mitating a peculiar muscle, whereas indeed it is a part of this muscle wee now entreat of. Albeit Columbus thinketh that Galen in the 18. chapter of his Booke de dissect musc. descri∣beth this production for a particular muscle.

This Pectoroll muscle by reason of his diuers originall hath also diuers fibres: some runne obliquely downward from aboue, others obliquely vpward from below insomuch * 1.243 that a little before the muscle produceth his tendon these fibres seeme to intersect one a∣nother in a decussation, and yet all of them concur together into one angle to forme the tendon. This variety of fibres maketh the different motions which this muscle perfor∣meth.

This office of this muscle is when it contracteth equally all his fibres, especially the mid∣dlemost in euery part of his body, to moue the arme equally and directly forward, incli∣ning on neither hand, and to leade it to the breast. But if all the fibres be not equally con∣tracted, then is it ledde indeed to the Breast but obliquely, more vpward or more downe∣ward as the different fibres are contracted.

The second Muscle of the arme is called Deltoides, from the forme of the Letter Δ: [ta. 17. ta. 18. fig. 1. 2. 4. ^H] some call it Epomis, because it lyeth vnder the lesser head of the arme * 1.244 which is properly called Epomis by Hippocrates, Galen, Ruffus and Oribasius, as Falopius in * 1.245 his obseruations hath very well obserued, thereby clearing no small Controuersie in our Art about the acception of the word Epomis in Hippocrates and the Ancients. Some call it Humeralis or the Arme muscle by a kinde of excelencie.

It is fleshy and triangular, or tetragonall sayeth Archangelus, arising from the middest of the clauicle where it regardeth the shoulder-blade, from the top of the arme where it is ioyned to the clauicle, and from the whole spine of the shoulder-blade [ta. 16. & ta. 18.

fig. 1, ζ ••] But you must not conceyue that it taketh his Originall from the ground of soale of these bones, but from a certaine prominence or thicke line bearing out from them.

Note moreouer, that in the originall this Muscle is broade (as being compounded of diuers yet continued beginnings like so many seuerall muscles) & Neruous: (tendinous * 1.246 sayth Columbus) but presently becommeth fleshy and thicke, and so remaineth till by de∣grees it be angustated or straightned into the toppe or corner of the triangle, and so at length endeth into a strong Tendon which is partly fleshy, to wit, on the outside, and partly Neruous, to wit, on the inside, appearing in our dissections to lye not perfectlie o∣uerthwart * 1.247 yet more then oblique. It embraceth or compasseth the middle thickenesse of the arme, and is inserted in the middest thereof vnder the necke of it. [Table 18. fig. 2, Θ]

This Muscle also hath Fibres somewhat diuers, those of the fore part run obliquelie downward and backward, those of the backe part runne obliquely forward. And some of these do appeare to be a little implicated or entangled one within another: but the mid∣dle * 1.248 Fibres tend directly downward. Wherefore when the anterior Fibres are contracted the arme is lifted vpward and forward towards the face, when the backeward Fibres are contracted, then is the arme lifted backeward toward the Nowle, but when the middle Fibres are equally contracted then is the arme eleuated directly vpward.

The third muscle of the arme is called Latissimus, that is, the broad muscle, and Ani∣scalptor * 1.249 the Pruritan muscle, [Tab. 15 & 16 ^N. Ta. 25 sheweth it separated] because it rea∣cheth neere to the buttockes, for together with his fellowe it couereth almost the vvhole backe, and therefore may well bee called (saith Bauhine) Dor salis Maximus, the Greatest * 1.250 Muscle of the backe. It ariseth with a membranous and broad beginning from the tops of the spines of the Rack-bones which are betwixt the sixt vertebra of the Chest, and the middle of the Holy-bone, [Tab. 16 S, μ] as also from the vpper part of the haunch-bone: thence ascending, when it attaineth to that part of the back where the ribs swell out back∣ward it becommeth more fleshy, and climbing ouer the lower angle of the basis of the shoulder-blade it groweth narrower, and is inserted belowe the vpper head of the arme lengthwise on the inside betwixt the Pectorall and the Round Muscles; his tendon be∣ing * 1.251 strong and short, yet broad and as it were reflected. For betwixt the tendons of those two forenamed muscles there is a distance left for this insertion, in which place also is the cauity of the arme-pit made by this Muscle and the Pectorall.

The figure of it is Triangular, for it hath three vnequall Angles, two long and one short. The sharpest is that which groweth from the Holy-bone: the nexte is at the Chest where the Muscle yssueth from the Ridge of the Rackes. The third is at the arme and end∣eth into the tendon. Moreouer, this Muscle when it attaineth to the lower angle of the shoulder-blade, receyueth sometimes therefrom many fleshy Fibres, as Galen well obser∣ued in his Anatomicall Administrations and in the 12 chap. of his 13 Booke de vsu part. * 1.252 which Fibres do represent a newe but small Originall. Vesalius denies this and holdeth it not to touch the shoulder-blade, but by the interuening of Muscles which arise there∣from, and that it groweth not at all to the bone; but as he reproueth Galen, so Falopius in his Institutions reprooueth him, affirming that in all the bodies that euer hee made dis∣section of he found this Muscle fastened to the blade.

Bauhine reudreth a reason. It groweth (saith he) with certain Fibres to the basis of the shoulder-blade, least when the blade is mooued it should ride ouer the muscle, for these Fibres as it were Ligaments do hold the Muscle and the blade together. Galen also in the filt chap. of his 13 booke de vsu part. saith, that by the benefit of this adhesion or cleauing the blade also is mooued downward by this thirde muscle. Notwithstanding, Falopius da••es not for certaine affirme that it doth mooue the blade, but that it conferreth some∣thing to his motion he is very confident against Vesalius.

The Fibres also of this Muscle do differ according to the inequality of the ribbes; for some are long and lesse oblique, others are short and more transuerse. Wherefore, as these fibres are contracted into themselues, the arme is more or lesse retracted downe∣ward and depressed toward the backe, sometimes higher, sometimes lower.

The fourth Muscle is called Rotundus mator, almost by common consent of all Ana∣tomists, * 1.253 The greater round Muscle. [Tab. 10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 25 and Tab. 12. fig. 4 O] Plate∣rus * 1.254 also calleth in the Longer transuerse Muscle because it is seated obliquely on the backe side vnder the arme-hole. It is fleshy, thicke and rounder then all the rest. His Originall

[illustration]

Tab. 18. Sheweth in foure figures the muscles of the arme, the cu∣bit the wrist, the wand and the fingers of the hand.

[illustration]

TABVLA XVIII.

[illustration]

FIG. II

[illustration]

FIG. III

[illustration]

FIG. IV.

• A, 1, 2, 3. The first muscle of the cu∣bit called Biceps.
• B B, 2. 3, 4. The second muscle of the cubite called Brachaeus.
• C. 2, 3, 4. The third muscle of the cu∣bit called Longus or a part therof
• D. 4, The fourth muscle of the cubit or the short muscle.
• E, 1, 2. The muscle in the palme of the hand.
• F, 3. The first muscle of those which bend the foure fingers.
• G, 3, A portiō of the second of those which bend the foure fingers.
• H, 3, The first of those which bend the thumbe.
• I, 3, The clauicle or coller-bone re∣moued from his seate and bored
• K, 1, The coller bone in his owne place.
• L. 1, The pectorall muscle or the first of the Arme.
• α β γ. His circumscription and origi∣nall.
• ♌ ••, 1. and 2. His insertion.
• μ, 1, 2, & 4, The muscle called Del∣tois or the second muscle of the arme.
• ζ μ, His broade originall.
• θ, His insertion.
• ν ζ, The muscle called Deltois separa∣ted and the inner part of it.
• O, 4, The greater round muscle, or the fourth muscle of the arme.
• P, 4, The lower Superscapularis, or blade rider, or the fourth muscle of the arme.
• P, 4, the lower. The first of those mu∣scles which extend the 4. fingers.
• Q, 4. The second muscle of the ex∣tenders of the foure fingers.
• S, 1, 3, The fourth of the extenders of the foure fingers.
• V, 4, The second muscle of those which extend the thumbe. Y, 3, The subclauian muscle or the first muscle of chest. Z, 2, 4, The fourth muscle of the extenders of the thumbe. a, b, 3. The higher processe of the shoulder at a, the lower at b. c, 3, The brode ligament of the ioynt of the sholder blade with the arme. d, 3, The lower round liga∣ment. e, The vpper round ligament. f, 3, The coniunction of these two ligaments. g, 3, The bone of the arme fleade. h, i, 1, 2, Portions of the muscles of the fingers from the vtter seat of the cubite propogated vnto the Tendons of the hands. l, 2, Tendons in the hand reached vnto the outward seat of the forefinger of the Char. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. in the 2. and 4. figure: the tranuerse ligament of the wrist diuided into so many small circles. n. The originall of the first muscle bending the fingers vnder the muscle noted with Ω. o, 3, Fleshy portions of this muscle perforating the foure Tendons at r, r, r, r, p, q, The transuerse liga∣ment of the wrist diuided and led on both sides. r, r, r, r, 3, Foure tendons carryed vnto the fingers. s, 3, The vpper munks hood or cowle muscle, t, His lower seate. u, y, The coniunction of the third & fifth muscle of the cubit which Vesalius doth diuide. x, 4, His insertion and a portion of the Ell fleade δ, 1, 3, 4, The first muscle bending the wrist. θ, 1, The second bending the wrist. Λ, 4, The first muscle extending the wrist. Ε, 2, 4, The 2, extending the wrist. Π. 2, 3, 4, The first supinator of the wand which turnes the hand vpward. Ω, 1, 2, 3, The other pronator of the wand which turns the hand do wneward a. 3. The insertion of the superscapularis, or blade rider.

is but small yet continuall and fleshy which it taketh from the lower ribbe or ridge of the blade at that part which is neare to the basis, thence passing along when it cometh to the middle of that ridge or rib it departeth from the Blade-bone, and arising a litle vpward is inserted into the vpper and inner part of the Arme with a shortbut broad, strong, mem∣branous & neruous Tendon, where also it finds the 1. muscle couched & their Tendons a like. The vse of this Muscle (sayeth Bauhine) is to retract the arme downeward, and so it is

contrary to the second muscle called Deltoides. Galen reckons it among the Turners of the arme, for (sayth he) it turneth the arme outward: Vesalius reprehends him and sayeth that it applyeth the arme directly to the backe. But Archangelus beside that direct motion, ascribeth vnto it an outward motion and a little inward. Laurentius would haue his moti∣on to be onely oblique.

At the lower part of this Muscle or at the lower rib or ridge of the blade we finde a di∣stinct portion implanted with a neruous termination neare the insertion of the 5. muscle which Falopius maketh the eight muscle of the arme, which (sayth hee) is manifestly sepa∣rated * 1.255 from all the rest, as I haue found in all my Dissections, and I wonder much (sayeth he) that our late Anatomists haue ouer-skipt this muscle, which is of great moment as be∣ing together with the seauenth the authour of the same motion, especially because Galen obserued it in Apes in the 18. chapter of his Booke de dissect. muscul. and in the first chap∣ter of the 5. Booke of his Anatomicall Administrations.

The fift Muscle of the Arme is called Super scapularis inferior, the lower Blade-rider, * 1.256 [tab. 15, 16. 25. ^P tab. 18. fig. 4. ^p.] It couereth all the outward and gibbous part of the blade which is vnder his spine and beareth the forme thereof. It ariseth fleshy from the Basis of the blade below the spine, becomming narrow as the blade-bone groweth narrow, & is inserted obscurely semicircular wise to the outside of the Ligament of the arme which holdeth the ioynt.

The vse of it is (sayth Bauhine) to leade the arme in compasse outward, Archangelus addeth vpward also, Laurentius saith it retracteth it backward.

The sixt Muscle called Super scapularis superior or the vpper Blade-rider, is also called Ro∣tundus * 1.257 minor the Lesser round Muscle. [table. 10. 11. 15. 16. 25. ^Q] It is seated aboue the the Arme-hole and filleth all the cauity which is betwixt the vpper ribbe or ridge of the blade and the spine of the same; from which it ariseth fleshy, long and hauing long fibres, for it proceedeth from that Basis of the blade-bone to which it groweth very strongly, and when it attayneth to the vpper part of the neck of the Blade, it runneth vnder a trans∣uerse Ligament which coupleth the arme to the inner processe of the blade, and with a broade and strong Tendon riding ouer the ioynt is obliquely inserted to the Ligament thereof.

The vse of this Muscle saith Bauhine is the same with that which went before and which followeth after, Archangelus sayth it leadeth the Arme vpward and backward, Laurentius backward onely, Vessalius doeth not thinke that Galen makes any mention of this Muscle, vnlesse haply it bee reckoned among the Heauers of the Arme, for none of his descripti∣ons agree thereto, although he make light mention of a muscle riding ouer the vpper rib of the blade.

The seauenth muscle called Subscapularis the Blade-lurker, or Immersus the drow∣ned * 1.258 Muscle, [tab. 7. R] is seated betwixt the Blade-bone and the ribs. Very fleshy it is and continual with the former on the vpper side, occupying the inner hollow part of the Blade-bone, from whence it ariseth. It is like the Blade triangular, straightned by degrees at the inside of the ioynt, and with a broad Tendon is Semicircularly inserted into the in∣side of the arme, (Laurentius sayth into the necke and head of the arme) so that the Ten∣dons of the 3. muscles which leade the arme about do orbicularly incompasse the whole ligament of the ioynt.

His vse is to leade about the Arme inward, Galen in the 18. chapter of his Booke de dissect. muscul. sayeth that it circumuerteth the head of the arme backeward: Archangelus that it moueth the arme vpward and inward, Laurentius that this together with the les∣ser round muscle and that which is called Infra-spinatus doe moue the arme semicircular∣ly backward, for (sayth he) a perfect circular motion the arme hath not from any peculi∣ar muscle, but by the successiue working of them all, for that which is circular is compoū∣ded of all the right and all the oblique.

That notable musculous portion arising from the processe of the Blade-bone which is like an Anchor, and inserted into the arme; Arantius and Placentinus doe esteeme to * 1.259 bee a muscle of the arme; others account it for the first muscle of the cubit. His vse say they is to leade the arme to the processe of the Blade-bone, and indeede the motions of the arme and cubit are neare of kinne, for when the cubit is bent in the Elbow, it is most what necessary that the arme also should be lifted vp, as we may obserue in our selues, and so much of the muscles of the Arme.

CHAP. XXV. Of the Muscles of the Cubit.

THe Cubit which is the second part of the Hande in the large acceptation, consisteth of two bones, the first is called Cubitus or Vlna, the Cubite or * 1.260 the Ell, and we retaine that name when we call the place where it is bent the Elbow. The second bone is called Radius or the Wand. These bones haue diuers motions, and therefore the Muscles of the Ell and the Wand are diuers. The Cubit or Ell hath two motions, for it is bent and extended directly. Ga∣len attributeth also to it an oblique motion, which Columbus saith is neuer to bee founde in a manithe Radius or wand being mooued turnes the hand vpward and downward. First we will speake of the motions of the Cubite which are perfourmed by the helpe of foure Muscles, some say fiue, and these are called the muscles of the Cubite, not because they are seated in the Cubit, but because they mooue it. For they arise from the arme and the blade, and take vp the roome along the arme; The two Benders, the inside or fore-side, and the two or three extenders the outside or the backeside. But these Muscles which are seated in the cubit it selfe do serue to mooue eyther the Wand, or the VVrest, or the fin∣gers.

The first Bender is called Biceps [Tab. 18. fig. 1, 2, 3. and Tabl. 10. fig. 1, and 2 ^A] or the * 1.261 double-headed muscle, because it hath a double beginning and these very strong standing off one from another to giue way to the Nerue of the arme and the insertion of the mus∣cles of the same. These originals doe arise from the shoulder-blade, but are couered by the second muscle of the arme called Deltoides. [tab. 18. fig: 1 ^M at fig: 3, ^N they are vncoue∣red]

The situation of this Muscle is on the inside of the arme, and in those bodies that are fleshy or brawny it may be perceiued vnder the skin before dissection. Of these two ori∣ginals the one is outward [Tab. 19. fig: 1 ⁿ] which is neruous and round, arising out of the vpper brow of the cup of the shoulder blade, and is deriued vnder the Ligaments of the ioynt of the arme and aboue the head of the same through a fissure or clefte made of pur∣pose for this vse.

The other originall [tab. 19 fig: 1 ^o] is partly Neruous, partly fleshy, broader also then the other arising from the processe of the blade-bone which is like vnto an Anchor, and led aboue the head of the arme a little vnder which head it is vnited with the former [tab 19. fig: 1 & 2 ^p] and so they make one thicke, strong liuid muscle almost rounde and furni∣shed with right fibres.

A fleshy portion of this muscle is inserted into the middle of the Hande, where the bone hath a priuate asperity by which it is lift vp. This portion (sayth Columbus] to a * 1.262 man that is not sharpe sighted seemeth a distinct muscle drawing the arme to the brest, of which portion also Vesalius and Laurentius haue made mention, but not Falopius or Ar∣changelus, but Arantius somwhat boldly propoundeth it for the eight muscle of the arme and indeede departing from the arme and climbing ouer another muscle it beareth the forme of a round and fleshy muscle, and a little aboue the ioynt of the cubit becomming more sinnewy it endeth into a strong, thicke, round and neruous Tendon, and being mo∣derately dilated is inserted into an inwarde eminence and protuberation of the Radius or wand, created onely for the insertion thereof. It groweth also somewhat to the ligament of the Ioynt. [Tab. 19. fig. 1, ^g] This Muscle as also the second hath right fibers, wherfore with the second it bendeth the cubit straight inward.

The second Bender is called Brachiaeus the muscle of the arme [Tab. 18. fig: 2, 3, 4. tab. 19. fig. 1, 2, 3 ^•] * 1.263 It lyeth vnder the former is shorter then it and wholy fleshy, and embra∣ceth very closely the lower and middle part of the length of the arme vnto which also it groweth. It ariseth from the bone of the arme in that place where the Muscles of the arme are inserted about the middle of the length thereof on the outside. His beginning is fleshy and twofold, [Tab: 21, fig: 2, 3, V] and in the middle resembleth an obtuse angle. Presently after it becommeth thicker and groweth strongly to the arme, and descending downeward fleshily couereth the foreside of the Elbow representing a little hillocke, and is strangely infixed or inserted larger and more fleshy into the forepart of the Cubite or Ell, and the Radius or Wande, and the Ligament of the ioynt, [tab. 21. fig. 2 ^G fig: 3, ^o] to bend the cubit in a streight line.

The third muscle of the cubit or the first Extender called also the long muscle [tab. 28 * 1.264

[illustration]

Table 19. sheweth the Muscles of the Cubit, the Wand and the Fingers.

[illustration]

TABVLA. XIX.

[illustration]

FIG. I.

[illustration]

II

[illustration]

III.

[illustration]

IV.

• C, The insertion of the wormy muscles into the first bone of the Fingers.
• d e f 3, portions of the tendons cut of neare vnto their insertion, wherof d is the insertion of the Muscle growing to the Tendons, e the inser∣tion of the first muscle bending the Fingers, and f of the second.
• h 2, the corner of the shoulder blade whereinto the fourth Muscle of the blade called Leuator or the heauer, noted in the tenne precedent ta∣bles is inserted.
• i 2, the higher processe of the shoulder or the top of the shoulder.
• k 2, the insertion of the vpper blade rider.
• l 2, the lower processe of the shoulder blade.
• n 1, 2, The outward neruous head of the muscle called Biceps.
• o 1, 2, his neruous head.
• p 1, 2, the coition or meeting of these two nerues
• q 1, 2, the tendon of this muscle.
• s 2, A part of the Supinator or the muscle which bendeth the hand vpward where it goeth from the arme vnto the cubit.
• t 2, his broade tendon inserted into the appendix of the wand.
• u 2, the beginning of the second muscle bending the foure Fingers.
• A 1, 2, the Biceps or the first muscle of the cubite which hangeth vppon the fourth from his in∣sertion.
• B 1, 2, 3, the 2. muscle of the cubit called Brachi∣aus.
• C 1, 2, 3, the 3 muscle of the cubite called longus.
• E 1, the muscle in the palme of the hand whose broad tendon is at μ.
• F 1, 2, the first muscle bending the foure Fingers hanging down in the second Figure.
• G 2, 4, the second muscle bending the foure Fin∣gers hanging in the fourth Figure, β sheweth his tendons.
• HH 2, the muscles called Lumbricales, their inser∣tion at o in the 4. Figure.
• s 2, 4, the first of those that bend the thumbe, in the 4. it dependeth from his insertion, and his tendon is at ε.
• K 1, 2, the second bender of the thumbe. L 2, 4, the 3. bender of the thumbe. N 1, the muscle Deltois inuer∣ted, the vpper N in the third Figure, the muscle called Latissimus, the tendon of the third muscle of the arme. The lower N in the 3. and 4. Figure; the Vlna or Ell without flesh. O, the vpper in the third Figure, the fourth greater round muscle of the arme. o, the lower 3, 4, the wand bared. Q 3, the vpper Blade rider whose inser∣tion is at f; 2, K. R 3, the Blade-lurker whose insertion is at a. S the vpper 1, the lesser Saw, n θ his amplitude whereby it groweth to the ribbs. 1, the place where it groweth to the shoulder blade. S the lower 1, 2, the thicke muscle of the little Finger, or the fourth muscle of the extenders. X 1, the third extending muscle of the thumbe. X 2, the place where the muscle noted with G is diuided into foure fleshy parts. β 4, the tendons of the second muscle bending the foure Fingers. γ 2, the place where the tendons of the second muscle doe abide. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 2, the place where the tendons of the first muscle remaine. e 2, the tendon of the first muscle bending the thumbe inuerted with the muscles in the hand. n θ 1, 1, the amplitude of the greater Saw wher∣by it is ioyned to the ribs. n n 2, the muscles of the Fingers growing to the foure tendons of the second mus∣cle in the hand which are called Lumbricales or the worme muscles. ••, 3, where it groweth to the angle of the shoulder blade. Λ 1, the beginning and insertion of the bender of the wrist. μ 1, the tendon of the muscle of the palme of the hand. V 1, the transuerse ligament. T 1, the muscle called Interosseus or the slender mus∣cle of the little Finger in the palme of the hand. Δ 1, The first muscle bending the wrist. Θ 1, The second muscle bending the wrist here hangeth downe. Π 1, 2, 3, the first Supinator of the Radius or wand, in the 3. Figure hanging from his implantation. Φ 3 4, the first pronator of the wand or the square muscle. Ω 1, 2, 3, 4, The round Pronator of the wand. Character 1, 2, 3, in the fourth Figure, the fourth 5. and 6. muscles ben∣ding the thumbe. * a ligament going betweene the Ell and the Wand.

fig. 3, 3, 4. Tab. 19, fig. 1, 2, 3. and in the other figures at ^c] runneth fleshy and with right fi∣bres through the backside of the arme. It ariseth with a strong and broade originall, part∣ly * 1.265 neruous and partly fleshy from the lower rib of the blade bone a little vnder his necke, where it hath a particular bosome or cauity to couch it selfe in, and descending directly downeward, it groweth very fleshy to the inside of the arme, or rather it is increased with * 1.266 a fleshy portion [Tab. 21, fig. 1, Λ] bred out of the arme as it were with another originall, which is mixed therewith to giue it strength: with which portion being augmented it de∣scendeth directly downeward, (that fleshy portion euen to his end growing to the arme) and becomming partly neruous on the outside, partly fleshy on the inside, is inserted into the inner side of the backe-ward processe of the Cubit called Olecranon; Archangelus saith it is inserted into the exterior part of the Radius where it hath a cauity insculped for it.

* 1.267 The vse of of this muscle is together with that that followeth directly to extend the Cubit; Archangelus addeth that it lifteth it also vpward.

The fourth muscle or the second extender called also the short muscle, [Tab. 18, fig. 4. Tab. 20, fig. 1, and 2, ^D] * 1.268 occupieth the outward part of the back-side of the arme. It ari∣seth with a neruous originall, (and double saith Columbus) from the backside of the neck * 1.269 of the arme and becomming fleshy before it hath ouercome the middest of the length of * 1.270 the arme it is so mingled with the former that euen vnto the insertion it can by no means be separated therefrom, so that it may seeme to be but one muscle or one body compac∣ted of three muscles, whereas notwithstanding in truth they are two; for this fourth muscle is very strongly inserted [Tab. 18, fig. 4, X Tab. 20, fig. 1, and 2, X] into the outside * 1.271 of the posterior processe of the Cubit, where it is partly fleshy, partly neruous, especially about the point wheron we leane with our elbowes, which sinewes haply is the reason why at some times leaning hard vpon the pitch of the elbow, we find a kind of benummednes or painefull sensation like the sleepines of the legge to run along our arme both vpwarde and downeward.

This fourth muscle as the third, hath right fibres, wherefore also it extendeth or stret∣cheth * 1.272 out the Cubit directly, Archangelus addeth also downeward. But in dogges and Munkies and other Creatures which rest themselues much vpon their forefeet, there are * 1.273 three very conspicuous extending muscles, beside one very small, found in Munkies (but by Galen pretermitted saith Vesalius) which runneth from the shoulder-blade to the Cu∣bite or Ell.

So then in these muscles of the Cubit the primary action is euident, which is contrac∣tion, * 1.274 and the secondary which is relaxation: when the bending muscles are contracted, the extenders are relaxed, that so the Cubite might be inflected with more ease: againe, when the extenders are contracted, the benders are relaxed that the Cubite might be better stret∣ched out, and both these actions are performed by right motion. By accident also they follow the motion of the arme. Moreouer, the Cubite is moued sidelong and round.

CHAP. XXVI. Of the Muscles of the Radius or Wand.

THE motion of the Radius or Wand is double, for either it is moued perse, of it * 1.275 selfe (the Cubit or Ell being vnmoued) by reason of the ioynt eyther aboue with the arme, or below with the wrist, or both aboue and below with the articulation of the Ell; and so the whole hand is mooued eyther downeward or vpward, (for the whole hand being sustained almost alone by the Radius, hath one and the same motion, and therefore is turned vpward by the assistance of two ex∣ternall muscles; and downeward by two internall, by which also it is turned about.) Or it is moued by accident with the Ell in a right line when the whole Cubit is bent and ex∣tended. There are therefore foure muscles of the Radius, two called Supinatores which turne the palme of the hand vpward, and two called Pronatores which turne the palme downeward.

The first Supinator which is the second of the Wand according to Vesalius (who cal∣leth it also the exterior) Fallopius and Platerus, is also by Laurentius called Supinator longior, * 1.276 [Tab. 18, fig. 1, 2, 3, and Tab. 19, fig. 1, 2, 3. and Tab. 20, fig. 1, 2, 4, ^π] because in respect of his belly it is the longest of all those muscles which run along the Cubit. It ariseth flesh∣ly from the edge of the outward and vpper protuberation of the arme, [Tab. 19, fig. 2, s, Tab. 20, fig. 4, α] afterward being dilated it is bedded obliquely vppon the Wand, and is inserted, growing broade at his Tendon into the membranous appendix of the Radius to∣ward

• ...

• A, 1, 2. A part of the muscle called Biceps, or the double-headed muscle.
• B, 1, 2. 4, The higher and outward part of the muscle called Braechiaeus.
• C, 1, 2. 4, the muscle extending the Cubite from the lower part of the shoulder∣blade, others call it the fifte muscle of the Cubit.
• D. 1, 2. The short muscle extending the cubit arising from the neck of the arme.
• E, 1. The second or the two-horned mus¦cle bending the wrist.
• M 1, 2, 3. the muscle Deltois or the second of the arme.
• N 3. 4. The Ell without flesh.
• O, 1, 2. the fourth muscle of the arme cal∣led Rotundius maior.
• O 3, 4, the Wand bared a great way.
• P 1, 2, 3, the lower blade rider or the fift muscle of the arme.
• The lower P in the 1 and 2 figure. the first extender of the foure-fingers, in the se∣cond figure hanging downe, whose o∣riginall is at a and tendons at b.
• Q 1, 2, the 2 muscle extending the foure fingers, in the 2 Figure hanging downe.
• R 2, 3. the thirde extender of the forefin∣gers in the third Figure hanging down clouen into 2 parts at o p in the 2 Fig.
• S, I, the 4 muscle extending the forfingers
• T, I the vpper, the fyrst muscle extending the thumbe.
• V, 2, 3. the 2 extending the thumb.
• Y, 3, the originall of the 2 muscle extend∣ing the wrist.
• Z, 1, 2, 3, 4. the 4 extender of the Thumbe a, b, 1, 2. the originall of the first extender of the foure Fingers from the protuberation of the arm at a and his tendons at b. a 4, the originall of the shorter supinator of the Wand. C 1, the originall of the fyrst extender of the wrist from the vpper protu∣beration of the arme. C 1, Another part of the long extender of the cubit. d 1, His insertion at the little Finger. e 2, the spine of the blade & the top of the shoulder. f, g. the originall of the Cowle muscle in the hinder part from the spine of the blade. h 2, His insertion. i 2, the membranous Ligament of the Wand, tying the vpper part to the arme. i, k, l, m, n, 2, 3. The vpper part of the second muscle extending the thumb marked with V. inserted into the bone of the wrist at k, l, the lower part diuided into two at l, the one vnder the wrist bone that sustaineth the thumbe at m, the other inserted into the thumb at n. o p 2, The thirde extending muscle noted with R cut into two parts. q 4, the backe of the shoulder blade bare. r 2, the ori∣ginall of the second extender of the wrist. s, t 3, the original of his horned tendon s, the insertion t, x, 1, 2 A place of the Ell without flesh. δ 1, 2, the first bender of the wrist. Λ 1, 2, the first extender of the wrist. m in the 2 Figure hanging, whose originall is at c and insertion at d. π. 1, 2, 4. the fyrst supinator of the wand whose beginning is at α insertion at β in the 4 Figure. σ 2 3, 4. the shorter supinator of the Radius, whose beginning at α his insertion at γ. ε 2, 3, 4, the second muscle extending the wrist. α, β4, the beginning of the fyrst supinator of the wand from the arme at α, whose insertion at β. γ4, the insertion of the shorter supinator of the wand. δ, t 4. A place where certaine bosoms are prepared for the transporting of the ten∣dons, and containing a gristle of that place. ζ, 4, Ligaments ioyning the bones of the Wriste together. ^• 3. 4, A Ligament in the middest betwixt the Ell and the Wand.

[illustration]

TABVLA. XX. Sheweth the extending Muscles of the Arme, the Cubit, the Wand and the Fingers.

[illustration]

FIG. I.

[illustration]

II.

[illustration]

III.

[illustration]

IV.

the inside. [Tab. 19, fig. 2 ^t and Tab. 20, fig. 4 β] This Muscle ouer-turnes the lower part of the wand, and so lifts the palm of the hand vpward.

The second supinator which is the shorter [Tab. 20, fig. 1. 3, 4. and tab. 21, fig: 1 σ] ari∣seth * 1.277 fleshy. Platerus and Archangelus say from a strong Ligament which bindeth the cu∣bit to the arme and from the vpper part of the Radius. Bauhine from the ioynt which arti∣culateth the cubit to the arme, and from the backward processe of the Ell [Tab. 20, fig. 4 ^a] which is called Olecranon: from thence it paceth obliquely and is implanted almost into the middest of the wand, to which also it adhereth [Tab. 20 fig: 4 γ] and it is on the outside membranous and on the inside fleshy. This muscle turneth the vpper parte of the wand obliquely outward and turneth vp the backpart of the hand.

[illustration]

Table 21. Sheweth some muscles of the Cubite, the Wand, the Thumbe, and those we call interossei or bone-bound Muscles.

[illustration]

TABVLA XXI.

[illustration]

FIG. I.

[illustration]

FIG. II.

[illustration]

FIG. III.

• q 1, 2, The shoulder blade bare, & in the second figure is his interior part.
• b 1, 2, 3, The second muscle of the Cubit called Brachiaeus, whose double ori∣ginall in the third figure is noted with v and his insertion at o.
• C 1 Muscles extending the Cubite which are accounted by Vesalius three, The third at i the fift at n & the fourth at Λ.
• G 2, The insertion of the muscle called Brachiaus.
• N 1, 2, 3, The Ell bared from the flesh.
• O 1, 2, 3, the Radius also with flesh.
• Q 1. the vpper bladerider inuerted.
• R 2, the same superscapularis hanging downe.
• X 2, Two muscles bending the second ioynt of the thumbe.
• Γ 2. 3, One of the muscles called Interossei applyed to the roote of the second ioynt of the thumbe, but in the thirde fi••ure are the Interossei in the palme of the hand, which fill the distances be∣twixt the bones of the Wrist.
• Σ 1, The short Supinator of the Wand bending downeward.
• Φ 3, The square muscle of the Wand ben∣ding downe.
• Ω 1, 2, the round muscle of the Wand cal∣led Pronator, whose insertion is noted with G. This in the second figure is hung from his insertion.
• θ 1, the bone of the arme altogether with out flesh.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 λ 1, The first muscle of the cubit at ••, the fourth at λ, the fift at n: or the three ex∣tending muscles.
• μ 1, The insertion of the muscle of the Wand called Pronater at Ω.

ν ζ 0, 2, 3, V, the originall of the second muscle of the arme called Brachiaeus, on either side his insertion in the second figure at G, in the third at O, 1. 2, 3, char. 1, The fourth fift and sixt benders of the thumbe, * Heere a ligament commeth betweene the Ell and the Wand.

The first Pronator which Vesalius, Falopius, and Platerus reckon for the first of the Wand, is called also by Laurentius, Quadratus, [Tab. 19. fig. 3, 4, and Tab, 21, fig. 3, Φ] be∣cause * 1.278 it ariseth fleshy, broade and square, from the lower and inner part of the Ell neare the wrest, and lying ouerthwart on the foreside is inserted with a membranous tendon, (Columbus and Archangelus say fleshy) into the inner & lower part of the Wand. His fi∣bres are transuerse and clime vp ouertwhart from the Ell vnto the VVand. It is a large * 1.279 muscle, and incompasseth al that part of the Ell and the VVand which lies directly against the inside of the Cubit. It is square and so long as the inner Region of the whole Cubit made of the Ell and the VVand. It is also euery way fleshy, and in the middle thicke & bunching, seruing in stead of a soft pillow vnder the tendons that runne vnto the fingers. * 1.280 This muscle drawing the lower part of the VVand which is next vnto the wrest inwarde, * 1.281 beareth downe the VVand and the hand fastened thereto into a prone position.

The second, Pronator which is the third muscle of the VVand according to Vesalius, * 1.282 Fallopius and Platerus, is by Laurentius called Rotundus. [Tab. 18, fig. 1, 2, 3, and Tab. 19, fig. 1, 2, 3, 4. and Tab. 21, fig. 1, 2, Ω] It ariseth fleshy from the inner protuberation of the arme and the inner side of the El where it is articulated to the arme, or as Fallopius hath it, from the inner ligament of that ioynt: thence it climeth obliquely ouer the inside of the VVand and is implanted with a fleshy insertion about the middle thereof, [Tab. 20, fig. 4. γ] from this insertion it runneth out neruous to the very middest of the VVand, and is * 1.283 infixed very strongly with a neruous Tendon to a certaine roughnes that is in the vpper

part thereof. [Tab. 21. fig. 1. μ] As often as this muscle is contracted it leadeth the vpper part of the wand inward, and so wresteth the VVand and the whole Hand into a proane and downward position.

CHAP. XXVII. Of the Muscles of the Hand in generall.

GAlen considering the admirable frame and structure of the Hand, because it is as he sayth the Instrument of Instruments, intreateth of it in his first Bookes de vsupartium. Columbus in the last place, because (sayth he) the wonderfull and miraculous frame thereof might remaine infixed in our memories, but we will discourse of the Muscles thereof in this place, because we will follow the order of dissection.

Seeing therefore that the proper action of the Hand is Apprehention, and Appre∣hention a Motion depending vpon our will, it was also necessary that the hand should * 1.284 haue muscles which are the instruments of voluntary motion whereby it might be moo∣ued altogether and euery finger apart.

The muscles therefore which moue the hand are of two sortes, some haue the guide of the motion of the whole Hand, others moue the Fingers onely. The former are like∣wise of two sortes; for some doe either bend or extend the VVrist, and consequently the Hand with the same motion, others mouing the Radius or VVand do together also turne the Hand downward or vpward.

These Muscles are seated vpon the cubit either on the outside or on the inside. Hither also may we referre that Muscle that moueth the skin which is in the palme of the Hand. These that moue the Fingers doe either bend them or extend them or moue them side∣long, that is, ioyning them together or parting them asunder.

But because the thumbe which is called Pollex, for that it is aequipolent or aequiualent * 1.285 to the whole Hand, hath in his bending and extending something peculiar to himselfe, differing from the same motions in the other foure Fingers, therefore it hath his peculiar Muscles, as also the rest of the Fingers haue theirs, whereof some are seated in the cubit, others in the After-wrist and others in the ball or palme of the Hand.

Againe, because the articulation is diuers in the first ioynts of the fiue Fingers and in the second of the Thumb, from that it is in the second and third ioynts of the foure Fin∣gers and the third of the Thumbe, because the latter are ioyned by ginglymos the vpper bone receiuing into his bosome the protuberation or swelling of the lower, and the lo∣wer bone into his cauity the heads of the vpper: hence it commeth to passe that their mo∣tion is onely simple, absolued by extention and flexion without any inclination to either side: but the first bones of the foure fingers and the first of the thumbe being fastned by a firme articlation to the bones with which they are sustayned, are not onely bent and ex∣tended, but inclined also to the sides as they are led to-ward or fro-ward the thumb.

I could busie my selfe and you too in setting downe each Authors diuision of the mus∣cles of the Hand, for euery one almost differs from another, but because the History that followeth dependeth most what vpon Bauhines relation, therefore we will remit him that is desirous to know each mans minde vnto their proper discourses, & content our selues with Bauhine alone.

In the whole summe therefore the Muscles which mooue the Hand are forty; foure of * 1.286 the wrist, foure of the wand, of the palme of the hand three sometimes foure, and 29. of the fingers.

Some of these Muscles were seated in the cubite because it was very necessary they should be large, and their tendons onely are transmitted vnto the fingers. For if they had beene placed in the Hand they must needs haue increased the bulke thereof to that quan∣tity which would haue been preiudiciall to the vse of so excelent an organ. Notwithstan∣ding some are situated in the Hand.

Of these Muscles there are nine benders, two bend the foure fingers and seauen the * 1.287 Thumbe. The extenders are 20. sixeteene extend the 4. fingers, in which number are those foure called Lumbricales the VVormy muscles, and those eight called Interossei, be∣cause they lurke betweene the bones. The other foure extenders doe serue the thumbe which they doe either simply extend or leade to the fingers or from the fingers: the ten∣dons of which foure muscles as Galen obserued in the 17. chapter of his sixt Booke de vsu portium, are infixed in the ioynt of the bone that is to be moued. But because in dissec∣tion

wee meete first with the muscle which is called Palmaris, therefore in the first place we will intreat of it.

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the Muscle of the Palme, and 2. or 3 other, yssuing from the fleshy Membrane.

THE Muscle of the palme so called by Laurentius and Bauhine lyeth vppon all the interior Muscles of the Hand. [Ta. 22. fig. 1. 2. Ta. 23. fig. 1. ^•] It is seated in the cubit and is neruous and round, arising with a neruous begin∣ning from the sharpe poynte of the inner protuberation of the Arme; lea∣neth vppon and groweth to the middest of two muscles which bend the wrist, [Ta. 22. fig. 1. δ θ] and proceede out of the same protuberation with it. Presently * 1.288 after his originall it becommeth fleshy, yet is the belly of it but small, and before it attaine vnto the middle of the cubit it paceth somewhat obliquely, afterward it is againe at∣tenuated * 1.289 and groweth small or slender and determineth into a round, narrow, and long tendon [Ta. 23. fig. 1. μ] which riding ouer the inner Ligament of the wrest, passeth vnder the skinne, and his tendon in the ball or palme of the Hand is dilated, attenuated and gro∣weth to the skinne, yet so that it lyeth not vnder that part of the skinne which couereth the muscles in the hillocke of the thumbe [Ta. 22. fig. 3. vnder p] and those which leade the little finger from the rest. [Tab. 22. fig. 1. and 3. S] Finally, it is ioyned with so strong and fibrous tyes to the rootes of the Fingers, that although there be a certain fat, or substance * 1.290 like vnto it, (of which Galen maketh mention) comming betweene, yet you can scarce se∣parate the skin of the hand from the sinewy thinnesse of this Tendon.

The vse of this muscle is firmely to corrugate or contract the skinne of the palme when * 1.291 we would hold any thing fast, for by that meanes the skinne becommeth immoueable, which if it should moue, we could not hold a thing so steddily or so safely. Haply also this Tendon is the cause why the skin of the palme hath more exact sense then the skin of the whole body: not that so quicke sence is giuen to the hand by this Tendon, but because of the foure nerues which run vnto the foure fingers.

[Table 22. is the same with Table 18. Folio 778.

Fallopius thrice or foure times found this muscle arising out of the same place in each arme double, whereof one did end into abroade Tendon, the other was inserted into the * 1.292 transuerse ligament of the wrest, on the contrary Vesalius saith that hee found more then once the fleshy part thereof wanting, and then the broade Tendon was made of a portiō of those Tendons that bend the wrest, [Tab. 22, fig. 1, δ θ] before they ascend vnto the same. Sometimes also (saith Bauhine) the broade Tendon is produced from an interall transuerse ligament which runneth ouer the Tendons of the wrist, which also Columbus obserued in the dissection of some theeues.

Beside this muscle of the palme in the beginning of the inside of the hand at the low∣er * 1.293 part of the hillocke called by some Mons Lunae, by some Mons Martis, by others Veneris, but we will cal it the Mountaine of the Moone, where the eight bone of the wrist is seated, there is found a certaine flesh. It proceedeth out of the fleshy pannicle, or from the mem∣brane of that muscle which frameth the foresaide Mountaine of the Moone. This flesh carrieth the forme sometimes of two, seldome of three slender and short muscles. It hath transuerse fibres and runneth to the middle and inner part of the ball of the hand, and is implanted at the broade Tendon of the palme muscle, where it receiueth a complication with the fleshy panicle which in that place is fatty. The vse of this flesh is in great con∣tractions of the palme to draw the Mountaine of the Moone to the middle of the hand, * 1.294 when wee would make it as hollow as wee can, or else to binde in the two hillocks at the thumbe and the little finger for the same vse. Of this muscle, if so you will call it, none of the Ancients made mention, but it was first found by Iohannes Baptista Conanus & first de∣scribed in print by Valuerda who yet mistaketh the vse, for he saith it was made for exten∣tion.

CHAP. XXIX. Of the substance which commeth betweene the skinne of the palme and of the fingers and their Tendons.

BEtwixt the Tendon and skinne of the Palme and the inner side of the fingers there appeareth a certaine fleshy substance like vnto far, of which it shall not be amisse a little to discourse. Although the whitish colour it hath and the hardnes do more resemble fat then flesh, yet we conceiue that it may more fitly be referred to a kinde of flesh, as well because it is full of sinewy fibres,

as also because there are many small and threddy Veines disseminated there-through. Add also that though a man be neuer so much extenuated or consumed yet there alwaies remaines some part of this substance, whereupon it is that Galen cals it flesh, and the Ara∣bians thought it to be a kinde of simple flesh different from the body of a muscle. It may * 1.295 be obiected how then comes it to be so hard? I answere, by the contaction of the bones and of the Neruous parts which lie vpon it, and therefore it is like the fat which ioyneth vpon the ioynts of the bones. The vse of this substance is to be as it were a pillow or bed whereon the many propagations of sinews might lie soft which were deriued from grea∣ter Nerues to make the hand of exquisite sense. Such a substance also is found betwixte the Tendons that bend the fingers and their skin, least when we are constrained rudely to take hold of any hard substance the tendons should be pressed or otherwise offended, for which cause also it is very plentifull vnder the skin of the soale of the foote, yet it is to bee noted that there is lesse store of it about the Ioynts least it should hinder their Motion, e∣specially when they bend into an acute Angle.

In like manner in the sides of the Fingers, there is some of this flesh to fill vp the spa∣ces * 1.296 betwixt the Ioynts which otherwise would haue bene hollow, because the side knuc∣kles at each bone doe stand somewhat out from the length of the bone, which equalitie was not onely made for ornament but rather and more especially to make the Hande as we say thight, that is able to holde a liquid substance when we gather our Fingers toward the Palme to make Diogenes cup. Finally, this substance is very profitable in the toppes of the fingers for better apprehension, for if nothing had bene placed vpon the extremities of the bones which might yeelde a little when wee offer to take holde; surely the bones would haue bene in danger of breaking, and beside wee could not haue gotten holde of many things which now we do by the helpe of this substance and the Nailes.

CHAP. XXX. Of the Muscles which bend and extend the forefingers.

WE saide before that there were two Muscles which did bend the forefingers * 1.297 and 16 that did extend them. The first Bender [tab. 22. Fig. 4, ^B] ariseth with a round [ⁿ] beginning and large; mixed of a fleshy and Neruous sub∣stance, from the internall protuberation of the arme vnder the heads of the Palme-muscle [tab. 22 Fig. 1 and 2 ^•] and those two which bend the VVrist, [Tab. 22 fig: 1, δ, θ] Afterward becomming broader, it passeth thorough the middle and anterior part of the Ell and the VV and, and becommeth fleshy and round, yet before it attaine vnto the roote of the VVriste his Venter or Belly is angustated or straightned, [tab. 22. Fig. 3^o] and diuided into four fleshy parts, all which do determine into tendons exquisitely neruous and transparant: and being together involued in one common, thin and mucous membrane; for their more safe progression doe passe along vnder the annu∣lar or round Ligament [tab. 23 Fig. 1 V] which is seated ouerthwart the wrist; and at the second bone of the forefingers nere the middest of the Ioynt are diuided with a long Se∣ction or slit through which the tendons of the next muscle to be described (which lyeth vnder them) which were to reach vnto the third Ioynt are transmitted. There they be∣come broader that they might mooue more easily and apprehend or take holde the bet∣ter, * 1.298 and a little after the diuision or section they are inserted into the second bones of the foure Fingers. And truly this progresse and insertion of these muscles is an admirable and strange worke of Nature: for they are so seuered, that the fingers in their motion might orderly follow one another, and each of them alone bend inward.

Moreouer, as they creepe vp the first bones of the Fingers they are rowled about a∣gaine with a transuerse Ligament, which Ligament ariseth out of the inner parte of the bone and maketh a kinde of Trough, wherein the tendon of this first bending muscle, to∣gether with that of the second muscle vnder it, might securely passe along the length of the Finger and holdeth it fast least it should depart from his owne seate and so decline * 1.299 from his owne finger againe; that when it is contracted it should not strut or arise vp, es∣pecially when we bend the second or third ioynt of the fingers. For were it not for this transuerse Ligament which streightneth or bindeth the tendons in the place before na∣med, they would not in their contraction bee curued backward but would arise vppe like right Chords, lift vp the skin and fill the ball of the hand, whereas the Ligaments although the tendons be contracted do yet keepe them close vppon the bones into which they are not infixed, and so the way ouer the Ligament is smooth and euen.

The vse of this Muscle is primarily to bend the second ioynt, secundarily also the first, because in the passage they are firmely fastened together by the interposition of mem∣branes and fibres, and indeed the first ioynt hath no other Muscle allotted for his flexion sauing this onely.

The second Bender which Laurentius calleth Musculum profundum, the Deep Muscle, lyeth behinde the former [Ta. 23. fig. 2. 4. ^G] being in his whole course, body and Tendons * 1.300 subiected vnder it euen to his insertion. It ariseth a little lower then the former from the processe of the Ell on the foreside thereof, [Ta. 23. fig. 2. ^u] and is stronger then it, because his motion is greater and of more moment. It is exactly fleshy and broade, occupying the middle part of the cubite and groweth both to the Ell from which it taketh strength, and also to the Ligament which ioyneth the Ell to the Wand, and separateth the interi∣or muscles from the exterior; but when it is descended lower thē the middle of the cubit, it is angustated or groweth narrower [Ta. 23. fig. 2. x fig. 4. β] and diuided into foure fleshy partes which are couered with a neruous coate and by degrees bring forth neruous and round tendons which perforate or make way through the Tendons of the former muscle. All these Tendons passing vnder the transuerse and membranous Ligament of the wrist, are euery one of them in the ball of the hand inuested with proper membranes which are ioyned to the Tendons by neruous tyes. Afterward they creepe vnder the foure Liga∣ments of the fingers, and passe thorough the holes or diuisions of the Tendons of the first Muscle, [Ta. 23. fig. 2. γ ♌] that so they may bee implanted into the third ioynt, yet a little before their insertion they become broader, and in olde men there is found a little bone like the Sesamum Seede, or like that wherwith we feed Canary Birds, which hath the same vse and forme that the Patell bone or whirle bone of the knee, for as these small bones do grow to the tendons of the first muscle, so they also growe to the Tendons of the second muscle before they are inserted into the third bones of the fingers.

The vse of this Muscle is to bend the third ioynt of the foure fingers, yea which is more as Arantius hath obserued, it seemeth to contract twelue ioyntes, because in his passage his tendons are affixed to the first and second ioyntes by their membranous Ligaments. And indeed if we obserue the motions of our hands well, when we would moue the third ioynt, the two former are curued whether we wil or no, whereas the third and the second may be bent when the first is immoouable and extended: and thus much of the Muscles which bend the foure fingers.

The extending Muscles are 8. beside the Interossei of which wee shall intreat after∣ward: * 1.301 of these the first, second, third and fourth [Ta. 23. fig. 2 ^{n n}] are called Lumbricales or Vermiculares, that is, the wormy Muscles, and doe cleaue to the ball or palme of the hand. They are fleshy, small, round and long, and doe lie vnder the tendons of the second mus∣cle which bend the third bone of the foure fingers. They arise at the inside from those membranes of the Fingers which we sayd euen now did inuest the foure tendons: neither let it seeme hard that I say they arise from membranes, because the muscles also of the eie take their beginning from membranes. Afterward they runne along the finger on the inside, and with a neruous and small tendon they do adhere to the tendons of the Muscle next to be described, which extendeth the foure fingers. Their insertion is made about the middle of the first ioynt into the second. Wherefore when these muscles are contrac∣ted to their originals, the second and third ioynts of the fingers, together with the help of the Muscles called Interossei, are primarily extended, although the Fingers also are exten∣ded by accident, that in great constraynts they might serue to assist oblique motions. For because the Tendons of these Muscles in their passage to their exterior part of the Fin∣gers are tyed to the laterall or side-ligament of the first ioynt, they are able also with a slender motion to leade the first knuckle vnto the thumbe: and because the tendons of the next muscle to bee described are seated on the outside and therefore obnoxious to out∣ward iniuries, Nature placed these on the inside that if by mishap the outward Tendons were violated or wounded, yet the fingers by the helpe of these might bee extended, and this is the manner of the position of the first foure extending muscles.

[Table 23. is the same with Table 19. Folio 781.]

The fift Extender [Tab. 24. fig. 1. and 2. at the lower p which in the second figure han∣geth downe] ariseth with an originall mixed of a fleshy and neruous substance [^b] from * 1.302 the outward protuberation of the arme. Afterward it becommeth more fleshy, and de∣scending

in the hinder part betwixt the Ell and the Wand, is neere the wrest aboue [b] much narrower, and for the most part clouen into three, rarely into foure fleshy partes, which presently degenerate into neruous Tendons exquisitely round for their better se∣curity; which Tendons are tyed together by a membranous ligament arising from the ap∣pendix of the VVand & so are together conueyed through a cauity exsculped or wroght in the externall part of the VVand into the wrest. And least these Tendons should at a∣ny time fall out of that cauity, or when the muscle is contracted, strut vp as we see a bro∣ken veine doth, they are inuolued with an annular or round ligament. [Tab. 22, fig. 2, and 4, charact. 3]. Presently after vnder the wrest they recede or depart one from another, re∣maining * 1.303 no more round, but becomming broad because the bone on the outside is round of it selfe: and one runneth vnto the second and third ioynt of the fore-finger, another of * 1.304 the middle finger, and the third of the Ring-finger. And hence it is that we feele so great paine if any thing get betwixt the nayles and the flesh. Sometimes it is diuided into two Tendons onely, which are inserted into the fore and middle fingers.

The vse of this muscle is to extend the second and third ioynts of those three fingers. And the Tendons of it are long, for the bellies do not reach vnto the wrist, that the hand * 1.305 might be lighter and more slender for agility in his motion.

The sixt extender [Tab. 24, fig. 1, and 2, ^Q] is slender and long, hauing a sharpe and * 1.306 neruous originall, which it taketh from the same protoberation of the arme with the for∣mer, afterward becomming fleshy it is mingled with the former vnto the middle of his * 1.307 belly, so that in their originall they seeme to be but one muscle. It passeth along the Cu∣bit through a cauity common to the Ell and the VVand, and running vnder the transuerse ligament is sometimes diuided into two neruous and round Tendons, sometime it remai∣neth single. If double, one is implanted into the posterior part of three bones of the * 1.308 Ring-finger, the other becomming broader is fastened into the backepart of the 3 bones of the little finger.

His vse is to extend these fingers and to leade them a little outward, especially the little * 1.309 finger.

The seauenth extender [Ta. 24, fi. 2, and 3, ^R] lyeth vnder the two former, & ariseth exact∣ly * 1.310 fleshy from the middle of the Ell where you shall meete with a long and rough line made of purpose for the rise of this muscle: thence it descendeth obliquely vnto the Wand and climing ouer the appendix of the wrest is diuided into two tendons, [ta. 24, fig, 2, ^{o p}.] which are transported through a proper cauity in the appendix of the Wand and vnder the transuerse ligament. [Tab. 22, fig. 2, 3. charact. 4.] The vpper of these Tendons is inserted at the roote of the forefinger for the most part, more rarely at the roote of the thumb, the lower is inserted at the roote of the middle finger, sometimes onely saith Fallopius of the * 1.311 fore-finger: both their insertions are oblique, and indeed the whole course of the muscle is oblique. Their vse is to extend those fingers into which they are inserted: beside, that * 1.312 in extending the fore-finger, it also leadeth it from the Thumbe. * 1.313

The eight extender which is also the last, (not accounting the Interossei in this place) [Tab. 22 fig. 1, ^t and Tab. 24, fig. 1, ^•] is seated within the hand. It ariseth short, strong, * 1.314 and fleshy from the fourth bone of the wrest, and passeth by the lower part of the After-wrist, so ascending vnto the roote of the little finger to the outward side of the first bone, in which it is inserted slender and neruous. His vse is to extend the little finger, & with∣all * 1.315 to leade it from the rest of the fingers when we desire to comprehend any round forme as a Ball or a Globe in our hands. This muscle resembleth the fashion of a Mouse, be∣cause in the beginning and the end it is slender, but in the middest round and thicke.

And these are all the eight extending muscles. There are also eight more extenders * 1.316 (for we reckoned sixteene in the end of the 27 chapter) called interossei, of which we will intreate in the next chapter saue one, because the method and order of dissection requires that we should first speak of those muscles that bend and extend the thumbe.

CHAP. XXXI. Of the Muscles that bend and extend the Thumbe.

WEe saide before that there were seauen muscles which did bend the Thumbe, & foure that did extend it.

The first bender of the Thumbe, [Tab. 23, fig. 2, and 4. ^L] is seated in the Cu∣bit * 1.317 and beareth vpon the second bending muscle of the foure fingers, [Tab. 23, ^G] to which it is a little continuated at the ioynt betwixt the arme and the Cubit, but they cleaue to∣gether in their whole progresse.

It ariseth with a round and fleshy originall out of that part of the Ell which is nexte the ioynt of the Cubit where it receyueth the head of the Radius or wand, and so it runneth along the wand to which it groweth throughout as if the whole length of the wande did minister vnto it a continuated originall.

Moreouer, it getteth an additament or encrease by a portion it receyueth from the Membranous Ligament [tab. 2. 3. fig. 4 *] & then running on to the wrist it determineth into a round and neruous tendon which together with the two benders of the foure Fin∣gers * 1.318 creepeth vnder the annular Ligament of the wrist to whose side also it is fastened: In that place it is couered with a propper mucous or slimy membrane and is hidden be∣tweene the muscles which bend the first and second bone of the Thumbe in a cauitie of a bone of the wrist which sustained the thumbe and hollowed onely for this ten∣dons sake. Afterward it is receiued vnder the transuerse ligament of the second bone of the thumbe and dilated into his third ioynt where it is very strongly inserted and ser∣ueth * 1.319 to bend it. This muscle is thicker then that which bendeth the second finger, because the thumbe is of greater strength and magnitude then the rest of the fingers. In Mun∣keyes (sayth Bauhine) this Muscle is not found, yet Vesalius describeth a Substitute for it.

The second Bender of the thumbe [tab. 23. fig. 1 and 2 ^K] ariseth fleshy from the vp∣per * 1.320 part of the annular or transuerse Ligament which is in the wrist, [tab. 23. fig. 1 V] and is fastened to all the inner region of the first bone of the thumb, to which also it is fleshi∣ly inserted, yet obsourely; it toucheth also the second bone. * 1.321

The third Bender [tab. 23. fig. 24. ^LL] lyeth vnder the second and is farre lesse then it. It ariseth partly out of the same place with the former, partly from that bone of the wrist which lyeth vnder the thumbe and is inserted into the root of the first bone of the thumb as farre as his middle. These two last described muscles doe bend the first ioynt of the * 1.322 thumbe and together with the third extender of the thumbe do make that mountainet or hillocke of flesh which is seated at the roote of the thumbe.

The fourth Bender [tab. 23. f. 4. char. 1, 2, 3. do note this muscle with those that follow next] ariseth with a slender and broad originall from that bone of the After-wrist which * 1.323 lyeth before the fore-finger, from thence it proceedeth fleshy yet somewhat narrower, & is inserted with a membranous tendon into that side of the second bone of the thumb which is next the fore finger.

The fift Bender toucheth the former: is answerable to it in his originall, and being fle∣shy * 1.324 proceedeth out of the middle part of that bone of the After-wrist which lyeth vnder the middle finger. Some part of it also toucheth that bone which lyeth vnder the Ring∣finger, and becomming fleshy is inserted with a small tendon into the middle of the se∣cond bone of the thumb on the inside.

The sixt Bender ariseth somewhat broad from that bone of the After-wrist which su∣staineth * 1.325 the ring-finger, and is inserted into the same place with the former: sometimes also it proceedeth with a neruous original from the bone of the After-wrist which is vn∣der the little finger where it is ioyned with the wrist.

[Table 24. Is the same with Tab. 20. in fol. 783]

These three muscles seated vnder the line of life, haue a semicircular and distinct original * 1.326 but yet do all determine into one and the same tendon which is tyed to the inner Seede∣bone which also is the greatest of all the seede-bones in the fingers, and is inserted into the side of the second bone of the same finger. And as those muscles which heereafter we shall call interosses, seated in the after-wrest are carried directly or with a straight line, so those which bend the first bone of the thumbe run somewhat obliquely, and those that bend the second ioynt of the thumbe do run almost transuerse or ouerthwart.

These Muscles if they be contracted together doe mooue the second ioynt of the * 1.327 Thumbe toward the ball of the Hand. If the first of the three mooue alone, the thumb is led vpward toward the fore-finger: if the second it is led vnto the middle finger, if the third then is the thumbe bent downward and toward the little finger.

The seauenth Bender of the thumbe lyeth vnder these three last, and is fleshy arising * 1.328 from the bone of the After-wrist which sustaineth the fore-finger below the middle, euen at the iuncture thereof with the wrist. It is also ioyned as the three last mentioned, to the second bone of the thumbe hauing a transuerse position, and occupieth the space which is betwixt the thumbe and the fore-finger. The vse of it is to draw the thumbe toward the fore-finger and to lay it thereuppon. And so much of the Bending Muscles of the thumbe.

The extenders of the Thumbe are foure. The first [Tab. 24, fig. 1, the lower ^T] ariseth * 1.329 fleshy from the outside of the cubit at his rough line neare the membranous ligament [tab. 24. fig. 4, *] which ioyneth the cubit to the Radius, and passing obliquely toward the Wand, before it touch his appendix determineth into a round and neruous Tendon which attaineth vnto the hand through the cauity by which the by-horned muscle of the wrest doth descend vnto the ligament: and is inserted into the whole length of the thumbe on that side which is next the fore-finger as farre as to the third ioynt. His vse is, to extend the thumbe toward the fore finger, and to leade it from the wrist, and therefore moueth it * 1.330 side-long.

The second extender [Tab. 24, fig. 2, 3, ^V] ariseth fleshy from the same line of the cubit after his length, and climing obliquely ouer the VVand, is diuided into two vnequal parts * 1.331 which cleaue one to another, and is seated in a proper cauity insculped or ingrauen into the appendix of the VVand, and is inuested with a peculiar ligament. [Tab. 22, fig. 2, and 4. charact. 6.] The vpper part remaining a while fleshy, determineth into a Tendon al∣most round, and is implanted into the vtter side of that bone of the wrest which lieth vn∣der the thumbe. [^k] The lower [^l] is subdiuided into two fleshy portions, both which doe end into a Tendon: one of them groweth very strongly to the roote of the first ioynt of * 1.332 the thumbe: [^m] the other with a membranous tie cleaueth close to his second and third * 1.333 bones. [ⁿ] His vse is to extend the thumbe inward.

The third extender [Tab. 22, fig. 4. ^P. Tab. 23, fig. 1, ^X.] ariseth with a neruous original, * 1.334 which presently after becomes fleshy, from the inner part of the bone of the wrest which sustaineth the thumbe. After being carried downward, it is inserted with a membranous * 1.335 Tendon into the first ioynt of the thumbe which it leadeth from the foure-fingers. This muscle with the second and third benders of the thumb maketh that fleshy portion of the palme which is at the roote of the thumbe, wee commonly call it the brawne of the hand.

The fourth extender [Tab. 24, fig. 1, 2, 3, 4, ^Z.] occupies the space which is betwixt the * 1.336 the thumbe and the fore-finger. It ariseth fleshy, partly also sinewy from the inner and backer part of the bone of the After-wrest which lies vnder the fore-finger, and is fleshily * 1.337 inserted on the whole outside into the first ioynt of the thumbe. Moreouer it transmit∣teth a membranous Tendon to the second, which Fallopius in his Institutions acknowledg∣eth he hath found, but in his obseruations he saith he could neuer meete with it. This muscle serueth for the laterall motions of the thumbe. It leadeth it also to, and layeth * 1.338 it vppon the fore-finger. And so much for the muscles of the thumbe as wel benders as ex∣tenders. Now we proceede to the muscles of the After-wrest and wrest.

CHAP. XXXII. Of the Muscles of the After-wrest and the wrest.

THE After-wrest called Metacarpium or Postbrachiale, is a part of the hād sea∣ted betweene the wrest and the fingers. It hath eight muscles, for in euery * 1.339 distance betwixt bone and bone, there are two muscles which are fastened to the sides of the bones and therefore are called interossei. Those that a∣rise from the bones to which they grow, are throughout fleshy and run di∣rectly * 1.340 according to the length of the bones, creepe on the backsides of their fingers, and their tendons are mixed with the tendons of the foure first extending muscles of the fin∣gers which we called the VVorme-muscles. Sometime this mixture is made before their Insertion, so that the wormy and bone-bound Muscles do seeme to make but one broad tendon.

They are a little gathered or bound together by the Ligament of the first ioynt, and run by the sides to the outward tendons of the fift muscle that distendeth the fingers, into which also they are inserted and with them are the authors of the extension of the second * 1.341 and third ioynt of all the Fingers; and because they cleaue to the sides of the fingers, it should seeme they were ordained to part the fingers asunder, and to leade them againe together.

Hence it is, that if a man be wounded on the outside of the After-wrist, he looseth the motion of the first Ioynts of the fingers, because the muscle which extendeth the finger is cut asunder, yet the second and third ioynts are strongly and quickly extended because these small muscles do remaine sound. These muscles doe make the inward cauitie in * 1.342 the After-wrist so plaine and equall (like as others do the same in the foote) that the parti∣cular

tendons of these muscles may run directly to the performance of their offices vpon a smooth and soft bed. They are also by this meanes secured from the offence which they could not otherwise but receiue by the hardnesse of the bones vnder them. Finally, they do not suffer those muscles, together with the fat placed aboue them, to bee exiccated or dryed but maintaine and cherish their moysture.

The next part of the Hand is the wrist called Carpus or Brachiale, and is in the midst betwixt the Cubit and the After-wrist. The motions of the wrist are to be bent, to be ex∣tended * 1.343 and to be enclined to eyther side, wherewith also the rest of the hand is mooued with one and the same motion, and all this is performed by the helpe of foure Muscles, whereof two seated within do bend, and two extend which are seated without.

The first bender which is also the lower, [tab. 22. f. 1, 3, ••. and tab. 23. f. 1, & tab. 24. f. 1, and 2 Δ] ariseth with an acute originall mixed of a fleshy and neruous substance from the * 1.344 inner or lower protuberation of the arme, and being fleshy strengthneth himselfe by adhering vnto the length of the Ell euen vnto the wriste, and for retribution serueth the bone for a pillow, which vse we especially make of it when wee write, for then wee leane vpon this muscle. Presently after, that is to say at the very wrist, it degenerateth into a fleshy and neruous tendon which is implanted into the fourth bone of the wrist called by Galen Os Cartilaginosum, and to the Ligaments of that Ioynt it is connected and compas∣sed about with a common Membrane. [ν is his beginning and λ his insertion]

The second Bender or the vpper [tab. 22 f. 1 and 2. and ta. 23. f. 1 and Θ] ariseth from the * 1.345 same protuberation and descendeth obliquely after the length of the wand, but before it come to the roote of the wrist it endeth in a strong tendon which hauing ouer-paste the inside of the wrist becommeth broader and is inserted into the roote of the bone of the After-wrist which sustaineth the forefinger. It groweth also vnto the transuerse Liga∣ment.

These two Muscles if they worke together do bend the Wrist forward, and secondari∣ly * 1.346 the hand also: but when one of them onely worketh it moueth obliquely now vpward now downward that part of the wrist into which it is infixed, yet it giueth some ayde to the two Muscles which are seated without.

The first Extender or the lower [Tab. 22. f. 4. and tab. 24. f, 1 & 2 A] seated betwixte the first muscle of the wrist and the fift extender of the Fingers, taketh his original aswell * 1.347 from the roote of the externall or vpper protuberation of the arme, as also from the top of the cubite which it embraceth; it runneth through his length, and when it attaineth to the wrist, it is infixed with a round, neruous and strong tendon aboue the appendix of the Cubite into the bone of the After-wrist which lyeth vnder the little Finger, and not farre from the VVrist. Sometimes also before his Insertion, it hath a Seed-bone grow∣ing to it.

The second Extender or the vpper which is also called Bicornis or the two-horned Muscle [tab. 22, f. 2, 4. ^c and tab. 21 f. 2. 3, Ξ] ariseth fleshy with a broade beginning from the bony edge which is in the arme aboue the exterior protuberation [ta. 24. f. 3 ^Y]. It run∣neth * 1.348 vpon the wand and aboue the middest of it determineth into a thicke, strong, and double horned tendon, whence it hath his name saith Columbus and Archangelus, and when it hath directly ridden ouer the wrist, the one of them is inserted into the first bone of the After-wrist, which sustaineth the fore-finger and into the extremity or ende of the VV and: the other is infixed into the second bone of the After-wrist, vppon which the middle finger leaneth. Archangelus saith that he hath often sound this two-horned mus∣cle double, that is to say, two muscles; one greater whose originall was neruous, & whose tendon ended below the ioynt of the arme into foure fingers. The other lesse, whose o∣riginall was neruous also, but his tendon ended in the middest of the VV and. He addeth also that his tendons are first broade, afterward round.

These two extending muscles if they worke together, do bend the wrist outward & * 1.349 extend it primarily, secondarily also the band; and are holpen by a portion of the thirde muscle which extendeth the thumbe. Secondarily also they leade the wrist about when one in his motion immediately followeth another. But when one of them onely wor∣keth, then diuers motions are produced: for if eyther they worke asunder, or one of the benders worke together with an extender, it moueth the wrist obliquely and to the side. And thus much of the muscles of the After-wrist and the wrist, now we proceed vnto the muscles of the Chest.

CHAP. XXXIII. Of the Muscles of Respiration.

THE Chest contayneth the Instruments or Organs of life: Life cannot bee maintayned without Respiration, neither can Respiration bee performed * 1.350 without motion; it followeth therefore that the Chest must needs be mo∣ued for Respiration sake. If it be demanded why Respiration is so neces∣sary, we answere, because of the high and great heat of the Heart, which by the ayre attracted in Respiration is refrigerated and cooled, euen as a mans face in Sum∣mer is cooled by a fan that wafteth fresh ayre vnto it.

Now the Chest is moued either by it selfe or by accident when it followeth the mo∣tion of the spine or Rackbones of the backe, for when the backe is bent the Chest is also bent with it.

It is moued by it selfe and with a proper and peculiar motion for Respiration sake, * 1.351 which Respiration is accomplished by a double motion of the Chest: which is dilated when Inspiration is made, that is, when we draw the ayre into our Longues and so coole the heat of our Hearts; or contracted in Expiration, that is, when the ayre is driuen back through the Rough artery for the generation of the voyce, and the sooty excrements are blowne away least the heart should be suffocaced by them.

In these motions of the chest wee must consider notwithstanding, that in Inspirati∣on the lower parts of the chest are dilated and the vpper angustated or straytned: on the contrary in Expiration the lower are constringed or straytned, the vpper dilated. And * 1.352 this was the reason why the Chest was not made of one bone as was the Scull, But of many, which also are ioyned together by gristles that their motion might be more pliant and easie.

But as the heart is moued with Naturall motion, so the Chest is moued partly with Naturall partly with Voluntary motion: with Natural; because in our sleepe it is moued * 1.353 Naturally not according to our Will. VVith Voluntary, for wee haue read of some that by reteining their breath haue hastned death vpon themselues. As for the Longues they follow the motion of the Chest especially to auoyde vacuity, as well in those that sleepe as in those that are awake.

Philosophers doe differ much concerning these motions, but because we haue alrea∣dy touched vppon their disputation in the tenth question of the sixt Booke, wee will not here Tautoligize though haply we might say something now, because this Volume gro∣weth far beyond that extent which was first limitted for it.

The Chest therefore needed Muscles for Respiration, Respiration is absolued by his Dia∣stole or dilatation when we breath in, & by his Systole or contraction when we breath out. * 1.354 These Muscles are in all 65. on each side 32. that is to say, 22. Intercostal Muscles, 11. inter∣nall and as many externall, and one which is common to both sides called septum trans∣uersum or the Midriffe. Of these we haue spoken before in the fourth and fift Chapters of the sixt Booke.

There remaine yet the proper Muscles of the Chest, sixe on either side, vnlesse it please you to adde three more according to Falopius: Finally, the Muscles of the Abdomen (which helpe also our Respiration) are on each side foure beside the Pyramidals or Spirie Muscles, so that the whole summe will now amount to 7••.

Of these some are Common, as the Muscles of the Abdomen which beside Respiration * 1.355 doe serue also for other purposes, others are Proper and serue for Respiration alone. But Respiration is double, one free or naturall, the other constrayned or violent.

That we call Free which is done gently and easily, that is, when in Inspiration there is * 1.356 without constraint so much ayre drawne in as may suffice for the generation of vitall spy∣rits, and in Expiration when a part of the attracted ayre is againe gently returned for the generation of the voyce, and both these are wrought by the motion of the Midriffe a∣lone.

The first by the Contraction of the Midriffe wherein the end of the bastard ribs are gathered a little vpward, the lower and forward part of the Chest angustated or straitned and the backepart inlarged to the Racke-bones, the seauen lower ribbes parted as it were asunder and so the Chest dilated.

The second, when the Midriffe is relaxed or loosened, for then the Chest doeth ea∣sily * 1.357 fall with his owne waight. We call that Respiration constrained, when the Dilatation

or contraction of the chest is euident, that is, when in Inspiration the breath is drawne with violence or vehemencie, as it happeneth when the heart is too much heated: and in Expiration when the ayre is forcibly blowne out, as when wee would speake or hallow aloude, when we would cough or sneese, or else when vpon expulsion it is retained when we would make vse of the midrife in euacuation of excrements or such like.

This respiration is absolued by sixtie foure muscles assisted by the midriffe, yet so that in Inspiration fewer muscles do labour them in Expiration. In Inspiration, that which is * 1.358 called Subclauius, Serratus maior, Serratus posticus superior & inferior, and Falopius his 3. muscles. The Intercostall muscles doe also conferre to this businesse; but that by accident onely. In Expiration more muscles are required, because we breath out with greater strength then we breathe in; these are called Sacrolumbus, triangularis, and all the Inter∣costalls; for the exteriour doe leade the lower ribs upward, and the interior the vpward ribs downeward. The eight muscles of the Abdomen, and haply in great necessities the muscles of the arm and the shoulder blades do lend their helping hands. The Intercostal muscles we wil here altogether passe ouer, as also the midriff, because we haue spoken of them at large before. The muscles of the Abdomen we referre vnto the next chapter, here we will onely handle the proper muscles of the chest, which grow thereto. These are ac∣counted by Galen eight, and so many they are indeed in Apes; but in men there are but sixe in either side commonly receiued, to which Falopius addes three.

Two of these muscles are seated before, the one called Subclauius, the other Trian∣gularis, * 1.359 one occupieth the sides called Serratus maior, the rest lie vpon the back part, three in the backe, two called Serrati postici, and the third Sacrolumbus; three in the necke, and

[illustration]

Tab. 2 Sheweth the muscles especially of the chest, the head, and of the shoul∣der ••••de.

[illustration]

TABVLA XXV.

• A, The fourth muscle of the Chest or the vpper & hinder Saw-muscle.
• B, the 5 muscle of the chest or the lower and hin¦der Saw muscle.
• a, b, A membranous beginning of the muscle of the Abdomen, descending obliquely downe from the spine of the backe.
• C, the 1 muscle extending the Cubit at c his origi¦nal is from the necke of the arme, and from the lower basis of the blade at d.
• E, the originall of the fourth muscle of the Bone hyois from the blade.
• G, G, the outward intercostal muscles.
• I. the Clauicle or Collerbone bared.
• N the vpper, the 2 muscle of the arme cald Deltois
• Char, 4, 5, the beginning of this muscle.
• N, the third muscle of the arme or the broad mus∣cle separated.
• O, the fourth muscle of the arme or the lower Su∣per Scapularis or bladerider.
• 1, 2, 3 char: His originall at the basis of the shoul∣der blade at 12 and his insertion into the ioynt of the arme at 3.
• Q, the sixt muscle of the arme or the vpper Super-Scapularis.
• X, The fourth muscle of the blade called Leuator or the heauer.
• Z, The second muscle of the chest or the greater sawe muscle.
• 7. 7. Char. The ribs.
• Γ, The sixt muscle of the chest, or the muscle caled Sacrolumbus.
• Λ, The first muscle of the head or the splinter.
• EE, the second muscle of the head or the insertion of the muscles called complex.
• Φ, The 2. muscle of the back or the longest muscle
• Ω. The fourth muscle of the backe called Semi∣spinatus.

these are they which we said before were propounded by Fallopius. But by Vesalius are esteemed to be parts of those muscles which occupy the necke and the back, but we come to the particulars.

The first proper muscle of the chest is called Subclauius. [tab. 17, ^Y. tab. 22, fig. 3, ^Y. The * 1.360 reason of the name is, because it is seated vnder the coller-bone which is called Clauicula, for it filleth that space which is betwixt the clauickle and the first rib.

This muscle ariseth fleshy from the inner and lower part of the clauickle which is next to the rib, runneth obliquely forward, and is fleshily implanted into the vpper part of the first rib which is ioyned to the brest bone. His fibres are very oblique, yea almost trans∣uerse. The vse of it is to draw the first rib vpward and outward, and so the cauity of the chest is dilated.

The second muscle is called Serratus maior or the greater saw-muscle. [tab. 10, 17, 25. ^•.] It is a large muscle, situated in the side of the chest, broade also and euery way fleshy. * 1.361 His originall is large and fleshy from all the inner basis of the blade, and towards the ribs it is dilated, coucheth vpon them, is tyed to the by fibres, and is inserted as it were diui∣ded into fingers into the eight vpper, sometimes also into the ninth rib, before they do de∣termine into their gristles. And these insertions of thes muscles are acute or sharp because of the tendons which descend obliquely with points like the teeth of 2 Saw, to meet with the teeth of the oblique descendent muscles of Abdomen, with which they are finger-fan∣ged as also is the lower and backeward Saw.

The vse of this muscle is by the collection of his fibres in great and violent constraintes or endeuours to draw the eight ribbes outward, and so to dilate the chest. But in dogs and Apes it is not onely inserted into the eight ribs, but implanted also in the transuerse processes of the fourth, fifth, sixt and seauenth rackbones of the necke, or if you please it ariseth therefrom.

The third proper muscle of the chest is called Serratus posticus superior [tab. 25, ^A] the vpper backe-saw. It lyeth in the backe vnder the muscle called Rhomboides or the thirde * 1.362 muscle of the blade, betwixt both the blades and aboue the first muscle of the head. A lit∣tle muscle it is, and ariseth broade and membranous from the spines of the three lower rack-bones of the necke and the first of the chest. Afterward it passeth a little obliquely vnder the blade, becommeth fleshy, and being diuided into three parts is inserted into the three distances of the foure vpper ribs.

The vse of it is to draw the ribs vpward, to which it is implanted by contracting his fibres, and so the chest is dilated and the hinder cauity thereof inlarged.

The fourth is called serraetus posticus inferior, the lower backe saw [tab. 25, ^B] and seated * 1.363 almost in the middle of the backe vnder the broade muscle that is the third muscle of the arme. It ariseth membranous, neruous, broade and almost quadrangular like a combe as the other, but broader then it from the spines of the two lower rack-bones of the chest, sometimes of the three, sometimes also from the vpper rackes of the loynes. Afterward it passeth ouerthwart and lyeth vpon the muscles of the backe, and beeing increased with fleshy fibres is inserted at the distances of the foure lower ribs before they determine into gristles. The insertion is made into the ribs themselues, and the muscle at the insertion diuided as it were into fingers. It is much broader in men then in apes and dogs and in dogs larger then in apes.

The vse of this muscle is to draw the three or foure lower ribs outward, and so doth dilate the lower part of the chest as we saide the second muscle did dilate the vpper part.

The fift muscle is called Sacrolumbus [Tab. 10, [〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉] sayeth Laurentius it ariseth from * 1.364 the Oss sacrum and the spines of the Lumbi or loynes. This muscle may be thought to be common as well to the chest as to the backe. It lyeth vnder the former, and ariseth fleshy from the backe part of the holy-bone, and the vpper and inner part of the haunch bone. Af∣terward it creepeth vpward fastening it selfe to the transuerse processes of the rackes of the loynes, and as farre as to the lower racke of the chest, is mixed with the long muscle of the backe, [tab. 10, at φ] so that a skilfull hand can very hardly separate them, and therfore it is esteemed but a portion thereof. [tab. 10, α, β.] A little aboue the lower rack-bone of the chest it departeth from the other muscles to which it did grow, and becomming by degrees more slender, is inserted obliquely with round tendons not altogether fleshy pro∣duced from the outward side [ta. 10, ^yy.] into sixe protuberations of the lower ribs which are their rootes. From thence as Fallopius rightly obserued, are produced sixe new fleshy * 1.365

muscles neruous both in their originall and insertion, and are implanted into the sixe vp∣per ribs: so that from the twelfth rib where this muscle is inserted there ariseth a certaine tendon, which becomming fleshy and climing vpward looseth his flesh againe and is in∣fixed into the sixt rib, carrying the resemblance of a slender muscle. In like manner from the eleuenth rib proceedeth another Tendon which is inserted into the fift rib, and one al∣so from the tenth which is inserted into the fourth, one from the ninth into the third; fi∣nally, from the eight and the seauenth which are implanted into the first ribs.

All these Tendons doe resemble distinct Muscles, yet they are so commixed together and with the Sacrolumbus in the surface that they seeme to bee partes thereof whereas in∣deed they are not, so sayth Falopius in his obseruations. VVherefore when as the Sacro∣lumbus draweth the sixe inferior ribs backward and therewith downward, it moueth also together with them the sixe vpper foresayde additaments which are called ansulae or the handles, and so constringeth the Chest.

The sixt proper Muscle of the Chest hath his name from the forme and is called Triangularis or the triangular Muscle, because it consisteth of two long sides & one short. * 1.366 It is seated within the cauity of the Chest vnder the breast-bone: little it is and slender, & in some men especially if they bee leane, there appeareth nothing fleshy in it. In some parts it is like a neruous Membrane stuffed with flesh.

It ariseth from the lower part of the Breast-bone and passeth obliquely vpward and * 1.367 outward, growing to the gristles of the true ribs euen vnto the second: and this is the rea∣son why the Intercostall Muscles and those which are called Intercartilaginei, that is, be∣twixt the gristles doe appeare diuers, because of their diuers fibres. The vse of this mus∣cle is to leade the gristles of the ribs together, and so to constringe the Chest or to presse down the forepart therof so much as is necessary for Respiration, but in Dogs it is whol∣ly fleshy and occupyeth the whole side of the Breast-bone.

Falopius is of opinion that the first and third Muscle are too weake to suffice for the e∣leuation * 1.368 of the Chest, for hee esteemeth the second rather to bee a moouer of the blade; and therefore he sayth that there are three other muscles which performe this office pla∣ced in the necke, which Vessalius in his Apology accounteth for partes of these Muscles which occupy the necke and the backe.

The first of these three ariseth with a neruous beginning from the inside of the trans∣uerse processes of the 3. 4. 5. and sixt Racke-bones of the necke; then becomming more fleshy it is infixed into the first ribbe which it lifteth vp, and together with it the whole Chest.

The second is called Scalenus, because his figure is vnequally triangular, [Ta. 29. Λ Table 13. CC.] It ariseth fleshy from the transuerse processes of all the racke-bones of the neck, the first and the second being sometimes excepted, and hath a fleshy insertion into the first rib, sometimes also into the second. This also serues to lift vp the chest.

The third and last ariseth from the transuerse processes of the fourth and fifth racks of the necke, and is implanted with a fleshy termination into the second ribbe sometimes into the third, and lifteth vp the rib into which it is implanted.

By these three Muscles therefore and the vpper back saw, Falopius conceiueth that the chest is eleuated. And thus much shall suffice to haue sayde concerning the muscles of chest. Now follow the Muscles of the Abdomen.

CHAP. XXXIIII. Of the Muscles of the Abdomen or Paunch.

THere bee tenne Muscles which couer the nether Belly, on either side fiue called the Muscles of the Abdomen which are placed in this order. First do * 1.369 appeare two obliquely or sidelong Descending and as many Ascending, which haply may more rightly bee distinguished if they bee called the ob∣lique externall and oblique internall, for they all ascend or descend equally as a mans eye please. Next two Pyramidall, after them two Right Muscles, and last of all two Transuerse or ouerthwart, so called according to the leading of the fibres which doe mutually deuide themselues, as rightly so obliquely and sidelong.

The oblique or sidelong descending, or oblique externall Muscles [Tab. 26. A B] so called of their oblique fibres [Ta. 26. H] are placed in the sides: they are of a Triangle Fi∣gure, and amongst all the Muscles of the Abdomen the greatest and the broadest. These where they are more fleshy proceede from the top of the haunch-bone, [Table 26. ^f] and

from thence haue their strength and firmenesse; more neruous they proceede from the share-bone [Ta. 26. ^g] where they are perforated, and membranous from the membrane * 1.370 springing out of the Ligaments of the spondels or racke-bones of the loynes: and so rise vpward and ending somewhat fleshily do cleaue to seauen, sometimes to eight of the lo∣wer ribs before they determine or end into their gristles.

That they doe arise from below it is manifest, because by all mens consent they serue to dilate the Breast and so helpe Inspiration; and therefore they must end in the Breast and not arise thence from, because it is a ruled Axiom that euery Muscle draweth toward his owne originall not toward his insertion. They are therefore inserted into the great Saw-muscle [Tab. 26. ^ee Ta. 27. ^p Ta. 28. ^ooo] at the 6. 7. 8. and 9. ribs as it were with [Ta. 26. ^bb] a Finger-fould, as also into the lower backe-Saw at the three lowest ribbes: sometimes they are ioyned to the Pectorall muscle with a thin neruous Tendon. Forward they [Ta. 26. ^cc] are carried with a broad neruous and membranous Tendon, and in the middle of the Abdomen doe so mingle themselues at the white Line [Ta. 26. ^ddd] that they make as it were a coate which spreadeth ouer all the Abdomen. These Muscles are ioyned also to those vnder them by the interposition of a slimy substance like fast glew.

This white Line [Tab. 26. ^ddd. Ta. 27. ^cc Ta. 28. ^••] is in the middle of the abdomen, bred out of the concourse or meeting of all the Tendons of these muscles except the right. For * 1.371 the Tendons of the oblique muscles are so closely vnited, that it seemeth but one tendon, and the Tendons of the inferior oblique do grow to the tendons of the transuerse where the right Muscles doe separate themselues, and so meete in one line, into which also the Pyramidall or spiry Muscles are implanted.

This Line beginning at the Sword-like Cartilage or the Brest-blade neruous, passeth vnto the commissure or ioyning together of the share-bones: aboue the Nauell it sprea∣deth it selfe broader, but below it is narrower and is therfore white, because there is no flesh or red foyle vnder it. It serueth to hould together all the Muscles as in a common * 1.372 end or termination, that so the right Muscles might remaine in the right side and the left in the left, and neither bee halled ouer his limits. It hath also sometimes Fatte lying vp∣pon it.

The oblique ascendent [Tab. 26. ^D Ta. 27. i reflected from the abdomen] or oblique in∣ternall * 1.373 muscles which doe intersect the former with their oblique ascendent fibres like S. Andrewes Crosse, or in the manner of the Greeke Letter χ [Table 26. ^IH] doe occupy the middle part of the abdomen, and are of a Triangular Figure. They arise fleshy from the appendixe of the haunch-bone, and membranous from the membrane before named, & * 1.374 the spines of the Holy-bone, and being increased with fleshy fibres and couering the han∣ches doe ascend vpward, and becomming fleshy are knit vnto the gristles of the foure lo∣wer ribbes, and so are brought to the forepart of the abdomen, and end in a broad neruous and membranous Tendon: which when it meeteth with the right [Tab. 27. ^h] Muscles is * 1.375 diuided into two tendons, one of which passeth aboue the right Muscle, the other cree∣peth vnder it (for which cause Galen writeth that the right muscles are not couered with any externall muscle, meaning there by muscle flesh, for that that couers them is indeede but a Tendon:) so that by this imbracement the length of the right Muscles is fortified and kept safe from solution or breaking, and as it were hemmed in the middest of three muscles; where they do not as before couer the muscle after the manner of a membrane, but doe so adhere to the intersections and partitions of the right Muscles, that their ten∣don can be very hardly seuered from them.

Being passed the right Muscles, they againe mingle themselues, are firmely and clos∣ly knit and vnited, and so goe hence away to the white Line [Ta. 27. ^ee] framing as it were another membrane, and aboue doe meete with the sword-like Cartilage or Gristle of the Chest. Below they meete a little vnder the Nauel, but the vpper Tendon is inserted in∣to the share-bones.

These foure Muscles haue Veines and Arteries from the Muscle-veine and Artery, * 1.376 springing about the Loynes which are disseminated through all the region of the Abdo∣men and the Peritoneum or Rimme of the Belly: they receiue nerues also from the last spondels or racke bones of the Chest, which are inserted according as the leadings of the fibres are.

The proper vse of the externall oblique Muscles is, when they worke together ob∣liquely, to compresse the vpper and side parts of the lower belly on either side, and of the

[illustration]

Table 26. Sheweth all the muscles of the lower belly, on the left side the oblique muscles, and on the right side the Piramidall, the right and the transuerse.

[illustration]

TABVLA. XXVI.

• A, The vpper part of the oblique exter∣nall or descending muscle not sepa∣rated, wherein his connexion at b b, with the Saw-muscle at e e is decla∣red, and his implantation at C C into the white line at d d.
• B B, The lower part of the oblique de∣scending muscle separated from the white line at d.
• C C, His tendon.
• D, The oblique descending muscle.
• E E, the right muscle on the right side, from which both the oblique muscles are remoued, 1, 2, 3, The intersecti∣ons of the right muscles.
• F, the Piramidal muscle on the right hād, for both the left & the right pyramidal muscles are vnder the oblique.
• f, The fleshy originall of the oblique externall muscles from the haunch bone.
• g, Their beginning from the share-bone as also the Piramidall muscles original.
• G G, The transuerse muscle.
• H H, The fibres of the oblique ascen∣ding muscle.
• I, The fibres of the oblique descending muscle that so the decussation may appeare.
• K K, The fibres of the transuerse mus∣cle.

oblique Internall in like manner to compresse the lower and side parts: but wee must not conceiue that all the lower belly is by these muscles compressed, because their Tendons reach but a little below the Nauill. The compression is therefore made on either side but to the top of the groyne, for they are inserted into the gristly and moouable partes of the Ribbes.

The Pyramidall Muscles, so called from their forme like a Pyramis or Broch, arising from the outside of the sharebone [Ta. 26. ^F Ta. 27, ^g] with a fleshy and narrow beginning * 1.377 siding together like two parts of a spire, (for they are seldome so vnited that they make but one muscle) doe clime with oblique fibres ouer the heads of the right muscles from whom they are distinguished by a peculiar membrane and different fibres; and do end in the white line (neuer in the right muscles) with an acute tendon of their owne, but one longer then another; neyther in length exceeding the breadth of foure fingers: but these * 1.378 though they be most commonly seene in dissections, yet in many bodies they are wan∣ting, although Fallopius neuer dissected body but he found them.

The vse of these spiry muscles is to compresse the bladder, for if one of them work alone, it draweth the white line obliquely downeward. If they worke together, they * 1.379 draw it directly downeward, and so compresse a part of the groine and the bladder there∣vnder, when we make water at leysure. For if wee force our water with any violence, then the other muscles of the Abdomen doe also helpe, pressing the whole paunch & with it the bladder. And if we marke our selues in such strainings we shall manifestly perceiue, that the Abdomen is contracted downeward; and hence it is that they are also called Suc∣centuriati the assistant muscles because they helpe all the rest.

And if at any time (as it happeneth but seldome) these pyramidall muscles bee wan∣ting, then the oblique ascendents doe not take their first originall from the appendix of the haunch-bone, but lower from a strong ligament which runneth from the aforesaid ap∣pendix vnto the share-bone, and then they vrge obliquely downeward what soeuer is vn∣der

the groyne as is the bladder of vrine. They also adde strength to the heads of the right muscles to which also they serue as a defence. Whereuppon some haue imagined them (though fasly) to be another originall of the right muscles. For if wee gently auoide our vrine neyther the inspiration nor expiration is interrupted, which it certainely would be if they were parts of the right muscles, because when the right muscles are contracted, the chest also is compressed, whence it would follow that when by the contraction of these muscles we would exclude our vrine, we cannot draw in breath till wee remit or loosen the intention of the muscles.

The Right muscles [Tab. 26, ^••. Tab. 27, ^a. Tab. 28, they hang downe and are marked with ^II.] haue their name both from their right fibres, and because they are placed accor∣ding * 1.380 to the straight length of the body: they are situated vnder the neruous thinnesse of the oblique, and in some places ioyned vnto them: they occupy the higher place, where∣vpon * 1.381 their tumors being longer then round, may easily be distinguished from the tumors of other parts by their position. Their originall is neruous from the fore and vpper [ta. 27, bb, Tab. 28, charact. ^{1 2}.] part of the share-bone, (not from the brest because the bones * 1.382 of the share, hips and haunches are not moued) but presently they become more fleshie, * 1.383 and climing ouer the belly about the nauill do seeme as it were to bee vnited [Tab. 27, ^f] which yet is but the vicinity of their originall: but by how much they ascend higher by so much are they more seuered [Tab. 27, ^{c c}] and grow broader, and doe at length grow to the Cartilages or gristles of the lowest true ribs at the sides of the brest-bone with a fle∣shy and ample insertion. [Tab. 27, ^cc.] They are fleshy and strong the better to compresse * 1.384 the foreside of the Abdomen, and haue three seldome foure intersections or partitions ve∣ry neruous and transuerse or ouerthwart [Tab. 26, charact. 1, 2, 3, Tab. 27, ^ddd] as it were banked or knotted asunder, so that they seeme to be not one, but many paire of right mus∣cles, diuided and distinguished by the tendring or oblique bending of their fibres to these surfled intersections.

These intersections are firme and solid membranes, whereof one is vnder the Nauill, two and sometimes three aboue it; all which are ordained eyther to strengthen the mus∣cle which is appointed for especiall hard imployment, perticularly in deepe expirations; or else that being obliquated or shelued after the round figure of the Abdomen and fastened with the tendons of the oblique ascendents they might more closely presse the Peritonaeū.

[illustration]

Table 27. Sheweth the Right, the Transuerse, and the Pyramidall Muscles.

[illustration]

TABVLA. XXVII.

• A A, The right muscles of the Abdomen.
• b b, Their neruous originall.
• c c, their implantation.
• d d d d d d, their intersections.
• e e, the white line where the right muscles doe de∣part one from another.
• f, the coniunction of the right muscles vnder the Nauill.
• g, The Piramidall muscles.
• h, the membrane of the oblique ascending muscle which cleaueth fast vnto the tendon of the trās∣uerse muscle & so attaineth vnto the right mus∣cle.
• i, the oblique ascending muscle here reflected from the Abdomen.
• k k, the production of the Peritonaeum or rim of the belly with the seede vessels.
• l l l, the transuerse muscles:
• m, the groynes.
• n, the circles which shew the bodies of the yard cut away.
• o, the share-bone without flesh.
• p p, the greater Saw-muscle.
• q, the lesser Saw-muscle.
• r s, t, His amplitude and fastening to the ribs.

um. They haue veines which we call Recurrents, and arteries from the Epigastricke [tab. 28. ¹¹. fig. 2. ^b] (from which also branches are sent to the neck of the womb) diuided into many surcles or tendrils for their nourishment and life. VVhich being led vpward vnder their bodyes are about the nauell, [tab. 28. fig. 2. ^cc.] ioyned with the internall māmary or pap [tab. 28. fig. ^K• fig. ^a.] veynes (which descend vnder the brest bone) by Anastomosis, that is, inoculation of their extremities.

VVhich Anastomosis or kinde of vnion is the reason of the great consent betweene the * 1.385 wombe and the paps, the Abdomen and the nosthrils. This consent of the wombe with the paps, is also increased by certaine internal veins, one called the Axillarie which goeth vn∣to the paps, and by the branches of the Hypogastricall, which are distributed vnto the wombe. [Tab. 28. is the same with Tab. 5. in the 2. Booke, fol. 78.]

They haue sometimes foure nerues most what proceeding out of the middest of the last spondels or rackbones of the chest and so reaching to their hanked or surfled in∣tersections or distinctions. Their proper vse is to driue the highest and middle part of * 1.386 the lower belly not downeward but directly to the spine, to compresse it and to presse downe the lower parts of the chest by drawing them directly downeward. They helpe vs also in violent Expirations.

The transuerse or ouerthwart muscle, [Tab. 26. ^{G G}. tab. 27. ¹¹¹. and tab. 28. ^M. a part of * 1.387 it is reflected,] is placed ouerthwart the belly, and so named from the transuerse [tab. 26. ^{K K}.] fibres which run through the bredth of their bodyes. These are vndermost and doe a∣rise neruous from the inward endes of the bastard ribs, and the membrane twice before spoken of, and are inserted, being become more fleshy to the hanch bones, [Tab. 28. ^N. where the hanche bones is bared, at which the transuerse and oblique muscles do meete and are implanted,] which after they haue inuested and attained to the vtmost sides of the right muscles toward the middle of the Abdomen they couer all the rest of it with a brode neruous and membranous tendon like that of the oblique muscle, and tend vpward to the swordlike cartilage or brest blade, forward to the right line and downeward to the groyne, and doe so closely adhere or cleaue to the peritonaeum, that in a man they can scarse be cleanly separated from it, but in the groyne this Aponeurosis or brode tendon for∣saketh the peritonaeum or rime, and leaueth it bare.

Their vessels they receiue like their oblique muscles. Their proper vse is to compresouer∣thwart the middle and laterall partof the lower belly, and especially the collicke gut. The tendons of these as also of the oblique muscles are perforated at the exiture of the nauell to giue way to the vmbilical or nauel vessels, & again, on both sides neare the share bone, that the preparing vessels of seede may descend through them to the testicles, and the e∣iaculatory may ascend to the prostates which are annexed to the necke of the bladder. Through these perforations [tab. 28. * *.] the inward coate of the peritonaum being bro∣ken, or by stretching being dilated, the guts or the Kell slipping downe, cause the Hernia or Rupture. Beside those perforations common to both sexes, they are also bored in women for the passage of those sinewy processes which are called Cremasteres, which doe reach vnto the vtter part of the lappe, whereupon women are troubled with the Bubono∣cele, and of it are cured by section.

That the transuerse haue an inward situation, the right a middle, and the oblique an externall; a reason may be giuen from the Chyrurgicall deligations or ligatures, because ouerthwart bandes doe presse or constraine more then right, and right more then ob∣lique * 1.388 or side bands.

All these muscles of the Abdomen whose substance is partly membranous partly fleshy that they might be stronger for motion haue this common vse with other muscles, that whilest they are at rest they serue for a muniment or defence vnto the parts subiected vnder them, beside they contayne or hold the inward parts within their precinct, and * 1.389 keepe the body warme.

Particularly when they are together contracted toward their originals, and curued inward, the soft entrals giuing way vnto them, and are helped by the midriffe, depressed vpon the retention of the breath, then doe they equally and all ouer compresse the lower belly, (for if they worke seuerall, they presse sometimes one part, sometimes another) by which compression the excrements which are violently thrust downe into the great guts and there retayned at the fundament by the sphincter muscle are thrust out by a reclusion or opening of the passage and a relaxation of that sphincter, and there

thereupon they be called the instruments of Excretion by Galen in the 15. chapter of his fifth booke de vsu partium. But because the compression is equall from euery part, these excrements should as well be pressed vp to the stomach, as downe to the fundament, sa∣uing that the midriffe by his oblique situation and the breath retayned, doth driue them downward and helpe Excretion. They assist the Mother also in the time of the birth, by constringing or binding the Hypochondria and by drawing downe the ribs. They help also the motions of the Chest, for sayeth Galen in the 14. chapter of the fift booke de vsu partium, they forme the voyce, serue to Inspiration and Expiration and in strong Efflati∣ons, as when a man windeth a Horne: yea sayeth Galen they helpe vs also to hould our breath.

Wherefore because these Muscles doe night and day assist the breast in Respiration and the lower belly but at sometimes when wee would vnburthen it, therefore they may be thought to be principally ordayned for the motion of the Chest. Againe, because the Chest hath many other Muscles which doe distend and contract it, but the lower belly these alone; it may therefore bee imagined that their primary vse is to bee referred to the lower belly, their secondary to the Chest.

Finally, if each Muscle worke by it selfe, then the oblique descendent drawes the haunch obliquely to his owne side, the right to the right side, the left to the left: the ob∣lique * 1.390 ascendent leadeth the chest obliquely to the haunches; the transuerse drawes the paunch, the right into the right side, the left into the left.

It is also worthy obseruation that the figure of these Muscles whether they labour or rest at quiet, is other and different from the figure of other muscles: for these of the abdo∣men * 1.391 before they worke are crooked, & in their contraction hauing soft bodies vnder them they are bended or crooked inwarde: all other muscles whilest they are at rest are right, when they labour they are curued and bent outward, because of the bones a amst which otherwise they should offend. And thus much of the Muscles of the Abdomen: now we proceed vnto the backe.

CHAP. XXXV. Of the Muscles of the Backe.

THe Muscles of the Backe as also of the whole Spine are so diuers, so mixed and knit together, that some Anatomists daue deuided them into more, o∣thers * 1.392 into fewer muscles, being led thereunto by reason of the infinite ori∣ginals of the fibres and the multitude of their insertions. All this variety A∣rantius doth very wisely ascribe to the admirable wisedome of Nature, who hath therefore intertexed and wouen one within another these Muscles of the Backe, yea rather allowed them continual and indiuisible particles, that they might the better sustain and accomplish those strong and violent actions ouer which they haue the commaund. For if power vnited be the stronger, then certainly if many muscles doe conspire together into one motion they will bee better able to absolue it. The Muscles therefore of the Backe together with the racke-bones were made to rayse vp and there to hold the whole bulke of the body, which is established vpon the holy-bone as vpon his foundation. We * 1.393 say therefore with Galen in the 24. chapter of his Book de dissect. muscul. that because these muscles cannot by any meanes be truely separated, either there must bee so many payres as there be racke-bones, or else we must say that there is one only paire offering tedinous distributions to all the vertebrae. And of this payre if one Muscle worke, the spine is ex∣tended and inclined into his side; when they both woorke equally, the Spine bending on neither hand by reason of their intention or remission is recurued backward.

But whereas almost all Muscles haue their Antagonists, that is, the authours of a con∣trary action to theirs (and therefore haue experience of their mutuall action and passion with an interposition of rest in the middle figure) yet notwithstanding these muscles of the Spine (if you except the bending muscles of the necke) haue no Antagonists or con∣traries.

For because the inner Region of the Chest and the Loynes are destinated to those most noble entralles which serue for Respiration or Nourishment, it seemed not good to Nature to aduenture to impeach their actions by any instruments of voluntary motion. Whence it is that when these Muscles are relaxed (as they are in old men as well by rea∣son of the waight and weaknesse of the body, as also because they abound with Phlegma∣tick humors) they are not able to containe or hold the body vpright. Notwithstanding A∣natomists,

because they haue obserued especially in Dancers and Tumblers, that the back is moued forward, backeward, to the sides, and almost semicircularly, they haue resolued * 1.394 that for the performance of these motions there are on either side foure muscles, Lauren∣tius maketh ten. Siluius but sixe.

The first payre are called Quadrati the square muscles, [Tab. 17, ΣΣ, Tab. 11, & 29. Σ.] they arise broad, thicke and fleshy from the backward and vpward cauity of the haunch∣bone, and from the inner and vpper of the holy-bone, and lye as it were square vpon the rackes of the loynes, vp which they climbe on the inside of the Abdomen. There they are a little streightened and cleauing to the transuerse processes of the rackes of the loines are fleshily inserted in the lower part of the twelfth rib.

The fibres of this muscle do ascend from without inward and obliquely vpward, and those which proceede from the holy-bone are inserted into the lowest rack of the loines: the rest of the fibres which succeede these toward the haunch-bone, doe by degrees de∣termine into the vpper rackes, so that in the whole course of this muscle the fibres are in∣serted to the transuerse processes of the rackes of the loynes, and to their sides.

Their vse is to bend the rackes of the loynes or the lower part of the backe with the right motion forward, but if one of them worke alone, then is the flexion oblique and the backe drawne to one side and together forward. The forme of this muscle in dogs and apes differeth much from his forme in men.

[Table 29. is the same with Table 12. folio 770.]

The second payre called Longissimi, [Tab. 10, 11, 35] are indeed the longest muscles in the whol body of man, for they reach from the lower end of the holy-bone vnto the first racke-bone of the chest, sometime to the mamillary processe of the temple-bones. They are like the fift paire of muscles of the chest called Sacrolumbi, [Tab. 11, Γ] to which in * 1.395 their originall and their processe thorow the loynes, they do grow as if they were a part of that paire. They are also the largest of all the muscles of the backe.

They arise with a very neruous, strong, and acute originall [Tab. 12,] from the top of the spine of the holy-bone [Tab. 11, ^L] passing through his length and from the spines of the fiue racke-bones of the loynes.

In the inside of the haunch-bone [tab. 29, Φ] where they are ioyned to the holy-bone they produce a neruous originall, saith Fallopius: a fleshy, saith Vesalius, vnder which ner∣uous originall as vnder a certaine ligament or couering lurketh another originall very fleshy.

From hence ascending at the outer-side they become fleshy and are inserted in the transuerse processes of the racke-bones of the loynes: as also into all the transuerse pro∣cesses of the racke-bones of the chest, growing by degrees narrower from the eleuenth into the first, where they offer one neruous tendon on the inside like a neruous handle, [Tab. 11, ^MM] which is spread vpward obliquely toward the outside, like as the muscles cal∣led Sacrolumbi did from the out-side offer a tendon along all the ribs. Sometime also they * 1.396 determine into the first vertebra of the chest: sometime departing frō the processes they ascend vnto the mammillary processe of the temple-bone and there end.

On their inside because of the thicknesse of the fleshy part and the tenuity or slender∣nesse of the neruous, there is grauen through their length a certaine Sinus or bosome, [ta. 29, betwivt φ and a] * 1.397 to giue way to the third muscle of the backe which is called Sacer.

Their vse is directly to extend the backe and the loynes if they be contracted together Columbus and Archangelus thinke that they bend the whole backe & head also backward, so that our body thereby may be compassed into a halfe circle, which kind of Posture we may see in Tumblers when they play their feates. But if one of them onely be contrac∣ted, the spine is extended on one side, for their fibres are oblique.

The third paire are called Sacri, or the holy muscles, [Tab. 29, Ψ] They lye vnder the former.

They arise both touching one another, [Tab. 29, ^Y] with an acute originall from the vtter part of the holy-bone where the spine is fastened with the haunch-bones; as also frō the trāsuers processes & the roots of the spines of the rack-bones of the loines, [ta. 29, ^♌] or if you please say with Fallop. that they ascend frō these processes & are increast with diuers

originals; as also from the racks of the chest, and that with a threefold originall, one high∣er from the end of each transuerse processe; another lower, as it were from the roote of the same processe, the third from the spines of each racke bone: so that they seeme to bee three kinds of muscles mixed together; one outward hauing long fibres, another inward hauing short, a third hauing yet shorter which ariseth from the spines. After their origi∣nall they grow brode by degrees, but before the intermination which is acute and made into the spine of the twelfth, sometimes of the eleuenth sponder of the chest, they become * 1.398 slenderer. Their fibres run obliquely vpward and inward. Their vse is, if they worke to∣gether and contract their fibres to extend that part of the spine to which they are faste∣ned. But if one of them alone worke, it extendeth a part of the backe obliquely, and put∣teth the body on the one side into a semicircular forme.

The fourth paire are called Semispinati, [Tab. 10. 11. 29. 25. Ω] they arise with an a∣cute * 1.399 originall from the spine of the twelfth rackebone, sometimes of the eleuenth of the chest; and arising vpward by degrees they grow thicke and fleshy, especially at the spine of the fifth racke of the chest being intertexed or wouen with neruous fibres: they im∣brace all the spines of the rackes of the same. Presently after they become attenuated and * 1.400 doe determine with an acute end into the spine of the first rackebone of the chest. Their fibres are most what right. These muscles as also the former paire do fill vp the distan∣ces betwixt the spines, where they are contigual, that is, touch one another. And nothing beside a membranous ligament issuing from the vpper spine into the lower commeth be∣tweene them.

Their vse is to gather together the spines whereinto they are inserted, and to extend or lift vp that part of the backe to which they grow; or the backe properly called Dorsum, * 1.401 together with other muscles the loynes being vnmoued. VVhen one of them onely wor∣keth it mooueth the backe to the side; but when all eight muscles conspire together, the whole backe is bowed directly downeward. If foure worke together so as one follow a∣nother, they mooue it into a semicircle: but if the muscles that be on the one side do work alone, the body is inclined to that side. And thus much of the muscles of the backe.

CHAP. XXXVI. Of the muscles of the Fundament, the Bladder, the Testicles and the Yard.

BEcause Man was a politique creature, made for Action and contemplation, it was not fit that he should either receiue his nourishment, or auoyde his ex∣crements perpetually as plants doe, but at his owne choyce. As therefore in the Chops there are muscles seruing for diglutition or swallowing, so in the end of the guts and the outlet of the vrine, there are muscles set as porters to interclude the passage vnlesse we list to open it.

The muscles therfore of the Fundament are foure, two Sphincters, and two Leuators * 1.402 one of the spincters is fleshy [ta. 30. fig. 1. ^•.] arising from the lower racks of the holy bone, and like a ring is so implicated with transuerse fibres to the extremity of the right gut, that it altogether shutteth the fundament. The other spincter is fleshy, and in my iudg∣ment, saith Laurentius, seemes to be nothing else but hardened skinne wouen with fleshy fibres, therein following Galen in the thirtieth chapter of his booke de dissectione musculo∣rum: Falopius also is of the same mind, yet Bauhine maketh but one muscle of these two, which saith he, is tyed on the backe side to the rumpe bone, on the foreside with fibrous tyes to the outlet of the bladder and to the yard, to whose muscles it affordeth an original as also to the necke of the wombe. At the sides it is tyed with round ligaments produced out of the holy bone vnto the haunch bone, and is strangely commixed with the inser∣tions of the leuators.

The two leuators [tab. 30. fig. 1. ^•. ^C.] doe lie vnder the bladder, they are small muscles, * 1.403 but neruous and broade arising from the ligaments of the share, hanch and holy bones, thence descending they reach vnto each side of the seate where they compasse the gut, &

[Table ••0. Is the same with Tab. 12. in the 3. Booke fol. 126.]

are inserted into the vtter coate thereof, and the vpper part of the spincter, [tab. 30. fig. 1. E.] a portion of them also groweth to the roote [tab. 30. fig. 1. D.] of the yard, and the necke of the wombe. VVhence it is that some haue made them three muscles. * 1.404

Their vse is after excretion to retract the fundament, and if these muscles be weake or resolued, then followeth that disease which they cal Aniprocidentiam, or the falling of the fundament.

The bladder also hath a sphincter muscle seated in the beginning of his necke, from * 1.405 which it cannot be distinguished, and indeede it is nothing else but a more fleshy sub∣stance of the sayd necke wouen with many transuerse fibres, by which it is constringed. If this Muscle bee either relaxed or refrigerated or wounded, the Vrine followes against our willes. In women it is thicker then in men, because there be no prostate Glandules.

Of the Muscles of the Yarde we haue spoken before in the 8. chapter of the 4. Booke, which it shall not neede to repeate. Onely we remember that they are foure, two col∣laterall, and two called Inferiores or the lower Muscles.

Of the Muscles also of the Testicles we haue spoken before in the 4. chapter of the 4 Booke. Remember onely that they are two and called Cremasteres or the suspending Muscles. Now we descend vnto the Muscles of the Legge.

CHAP. XXXVII. Of the Muscles of the Legge.

BEcause the Muscles of the Thigh cannot bee demonstrated before the Mus∣cles of the Legge are viewed, wee will first speake of the Muscles of the Leg following therein the order of Dissection. The Legge therefore is that part of the Foote in the large acception, which is betwixt the knee and the foote properly so called. * 1.406

It consisteth like the cubit of two bones: the one beareth the name of the whole and is called Tibia the Legge; the other is called Fibula, we may call it the Brace-bone. Now the Legge is moued either by it selfe or by accident with three motions, for it is bent or ex∣tended * 1.407 directly, and it seemeth also to be mooued obliquely outward. It is bent by fiue Muscles, extended by foure, one onely moueth obliquely. By accident the Leg is moued after the Thigh, and that is either to one side or about. First we will entreate of the Ben∣ders.

The first Bender or the longest [Table 31. and those that follow, fig. 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, α] with * 1.408 which we meete on the foreside presently vnder the skinne; ariseth with an acute [fig. 1, 3 7, a] neruous and fleshy originall from the inner appendix of the haunch-bone, present∣ly becomming fleshy it runneth with a decussation like a slope swathe thorough the in∣side of the Thigh, being very slender and lying vpon the other Muscles. Neare the bone it is yet narrower [fig. 1, 2, 7, 8, β] and endeth in a neruous Tendon, which is inserted in the fore and inside of a sharpe line which is in the bone of the Legge [Tab. 7. c is the insertion of the first second and third muscles of the Leg].

His vse is the same with the two following, that is, to bend the Legge inward, and withall to lift it vpward.

The second muscle of the Legge which is also called gracilis or the slender muscle, * 1.409 [Ta. 31. and those that follow, fig. 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, ••] is situated, especially the belly of it, in re∣spect of the former inward and so lyeth close vnto it.

It ariseth with a neruous and large originall [fig. 2. ^de] at the meeting of the share-bones to which also it groweth, and is as big and large as that commissure or meeting is: After∣ward it becommeth narrower but more fleshy, attayning through the inside of the thigh vnto the knee, determineth into a Tendon exactly round at the inner head of the Thigh, not farre from the knee; where also the muscle becommeth rounde before the Tendon grow from it. VVhen the Tendon is a little dilated it is inserted into the Leg neare the first Muscle but a little more inward, and it is of the same vse with the former.

The third bending Muscle which is called Semi-neruosus halfe sinewy, [Tab. 31. and those that follow, fig. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, γ] * 1.410 is seated on the backdside, and ariseth from the vpper part of the protuberation of the haunch-bone [fig. 5, 6, ^f] where it is neruous and slender, but aboue the middle of the Thigh it becommeth fleshy and maketh a rounde Muscle, which descendeth a little obliquely by the backside and inside of the Thigh, at whose in∣ner head it is reflected and attenuated [fig. 5. ^g] and inserted with a round tendon in a man (in Apes sometimes it is broade) into the forepart of the Legge, where also the two for∣mer were inserted, but the tendon of this third descendeth vnto the middle of the Legge.

The fourth bender is called Biceps or the double headed Muscle. [Table 31. and those that follow, fig. 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 13, ♌] It ariseth with a neruous acute and slender original, * 1.411 [fig. 6. ^h] out of the lower part of the haunch-bone or out of his protuberation. Present∣ly after it becommeth fleshy, and descending through the vtter and backside of the thigh in the inside thereof about the middle (where it appeareth neruous) it receiueth a fleshy

portion [fig. 6. ^k] as it were a new muscle arising out of the middle of the Thigh whereby this muscle is strengthned, for the outward part there is onely this one muscle, but on the * 1.412 inside there are foure. This portion is so mixed with the muscle when it produceth his Tendon, as if another muscle did there arise. [fig. 6. ^k ♌] Wherefore it may be numbred for one or for two muscles.

Both these descending and on the outside neruous, do end in a notable Tendon which is implanted into the acute processe of the fibula or the Brace. [fig. 10. ⁱ] For the behoofe also of this Tendon, the head of the Thigh hath a long externall sinus or cauity crusted o∣uer with a smooth and slippery Ligament wherin it is securely conueyed, and beside, least bending obliquely that way it should go out of his tract.

The fift bender is called semi-membraneus that is, the halfe membranous Muscle. [ta 31. and those that follow, fig. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 13, ε ε] * 1.413 It runneth through the backeside of the Thigh, and ariseth with a neruous and acute originall from the appendixe or protubera∣tion [fig. 6. ^m] of the haunch-bone neare the head of the third Muscle. [figu. 6. ^f] It conti∣nueth neruous longer then any Muscle of the body, but at the middle of the Thigh it be∣ginneth to be fleshy, and in his lower part thick, and neare the knee endeth into a round Tendon, [figu. 6.] wherewith a little dilated it is inserted into the inner side of the Legge, with the first second and third Muscles.

This Muscle also being very liuid in the backpart beyond the middest hath a bosome or cauity in it, [fig. 6. ⁿ] VVhereuppon the forepart of the third Muscle leaneth, and in his whole course applyeth it selfe thereto, so that they appeare to be but one muscle.

The sixt Muscle of the Legge or the first extender which is called the membranous-Muscle, * 1.414 [Ta. 31. and those that follow fig, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, ^I] occupyeth the outward and middle part of the Thigh, & ariseth [fig, 1, 4, 7, ^P] fleshy and sharpe from the Spine of the hanch-bone: and being conuayed to the ioynte of the hip (at which place onely it is fleshy) and becomming narrower it departeth neare the outside of the greater processe of the thigh, into a very long and broad [fig. 7. *] membrane of the nature of a tendon, then which ther is no greater in the whole body, for like a skinne or a transuerse Ligament it compasseth almost all the Muscles of the Thigh (but it is not in all places alike thicke) and holdeth them in their proper seates (as we said before the Muscles in the cubit were inuested) and incloseth also the ioynt of the knee.

This Tendon at his insertion is mixed with the Tendons of the following Muscles, and is infixed into the forepart and vtter side of the Legge. His vse is to extend it directly and to moue straight forward.

The seauenth or the second Extender, which is also because of his greatnesse called Vastus externus, The Vast Externall Muscle, is wholly liuid [Ta. 31. and those that follow fig 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 13, H] and occupieth the outside of the Thigh, as also a great part of * 1.415 the foreside and the backeside.

It ariseth [fig. 9. ^t] with a broade large and neruous originall from the outside of the Thigh, and compasseth round about the root of his great processe growing thereto. Pre∣sently after the originall it becommeth thicke and fleshy, and lying vppon a part of the eight, it is wholly fleshy, and a little aboue the whirle bone of the knee [figu. 9. ^X] it endeth into a large and membranous Tendon, which being mixed with the Tendon of the two following muscles, descendeth at the outward side of the same whirle bone which it doth encompasse: and is inserted [fig, 9, ^u] into the foreside of the Leg immediately vnder the ioynt.

The eight or the third Extender which is called Vastus internus, The Internall Vast-Muscle, [Ta, 31, and those that follow, fig, 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, θ] compasseth on the inside almost all the circumference of the Thigh-bone. * 1.416

It ariseth fleshy from the necke [figu, 10, ^y] of the Thigh, and presently becomming fleshy, a portion of it groweth out of the roote of his great processe as if it had a double originall. This latter originall, if you list so to call it, descendeth large and oblique, and becomming by degrees more fleshy it buncheth or beareth out at the inside of the Thigh neare the whirle-bone into a thicke and fleshy semicircle, out of which groweth a strong Tendon which occupyeth the whirle-bone also. [fig, 9, ^u] This portion some doe make a distinct muscle and call it Crureum. [figu, 2, 7, 8, 9, Z] This Muscle with the former ma∣keth a sinus or bosome very liuid, [fig, 9, char. 1] that the subsequent muscle might lye vp∣pon it throughout his length.

[illustration]

Table 31 With those that follow, shew the sixe muscles of the Legge, the Thigh, and of the foote. Fig. 1. sheweth the fore and musculous part of the left Thigh. Fig. 2. sheweth the in∣ternall and laterall part of it. And fig. 3. sheweth the exter∣nall laterall part of it.

[illustration]

TABVLA XXXI.

[illustration]

FIG. I.

[illustration]

FIG. II.

[illustration]

FIG. III.

• A A, The holy-bone.
• B 2, A ligament drawne from the holy∣bone vnto the hip.
• G 1, 2, the seate of the holy-bone.
• H 2, the third muscle extending the soale called Plantaris.
• I 1, the fourth muscle extending the foot or the soale muscle.
• K 2, the fift muscle extending the foote, called Tibiaeus Posticus.
• L 1, the first muscle bending the foot cal∣led Tibaeus anticus.
• M 1, 3, the second bender of the foote cal∣led Peronaeus primus.
• N 3, the third bender of the foote called Peronaeus secundus.
• P 1, 3, the second extender of the toes, or the stretchers.
• R, the second bender of the toes, or the great bender.
• T 1 2, the lower abductor of the great toe
• V 3, the abductor of the little toe,
• * 2, Tendons carried vnto the toes of the foote.
• X 2, the internall part of the fourth muscle of the thigh as it were three-fold, at a, c. f.
• Y 1, the vpper abductor of the toes.
• a c f, A part of the tenth muscle of the thigh as it were three-fold at a c f, and carried vnto the great processe of the thigh.
• † 2, A great nerue lying vppon the teath muscle betweene x and a.
• α 1, 2. the muscle of the leg, or the first bē∣der which is the longest muscle.
• a 1, 3, His originall. b 1 2. His tendon.
• β 1 2, the muscle of the leg or the second bender which is the slender muscle.
• d e 2, His originall. d His tendon.
• γ 2, 3, the third muscle bending the tibi•• called Semineruosus.
• ♌ 1, 3, the fourth muscle bending the leg, called Biceps or the double headed mus∣cle.
• ε ε 2, 3, the fift muscle bending the legge called Semimembraneus.
• ζ 1, 2, the first muscle extending the legge called membranosus.

n 1, 3. the second muscle extending the leg called Vastus externus. θ 1 2, the third muscle extending the leg called Vastus internus. χ 1, 2, 3, the fourth extender of the leg, or the Right muscle. μ 3, the first extender of the thigh, called Glutteus maior. •• 2. the inner anckle. o 1, 3, the vtter anckle, 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 1, A fleshy part of the first extender of the leg. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 2, the fift extender of the thigh called Triceps or the three headed muscle. σ 2, the first bender of the thigh called Lumbalis. τ 2, the second bender of the thigh called Illiacus. u 1, the third bender of the thigh. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 1, 2, the first extender of the foote, or the internall Gastrocnimius. ω 1, 2, 3, the third extender of the foote, or the external Gastrocnimi∣us. p 1, A portion of the second extender of the toes, which Vesalius maketh the ninth muscle of the foote. q 3, the greater processe of the thigh called Rotator. r 3. the transuerse ligament reaching from the brace to the heele. t 2, A portion of the 5. muscle of the thigh. x 2, the bone of the legge bare. y 1, 3, the tendon of the first extender of the toes. z 1 3, A transuerse ligament aboue the foote.

The ninth or the fourth extender called also the right muscle, [Tab. 3 1, and those that follow fig. 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 9, x] lyeth on the outside vppon the first bender, and is sea∣ted on the middest of the forepart.

It ariseth with a neruous and acute originall [figure 8, character 1] from the inter∣nall protuberation of the haunch bone on tbe fore-side aboue the Cuppe of the Coxen∣dix.

From thence it is deriued directly through the length and forepart of the thigh be∣tweene the seuenth and the eight muscles, and being by degrees increased with a fleshly substance it becommeth againe by degrees more slender aboue the middle of the thigh, [fig. 8. char. 2.] and determineth into a very long and exceeding strong tendon aboue the whirle, where it is a little narrower and more slender.

But in the forepart of the whirle it is againe dilated, and being mixed with the ten∣dons of the two forenamed muscles is very strongly inserted to the leg on the foreside immediatly vnder the ioynt. But in Munkies it is most what membranous and inserted into the leg much lower. Neither this onely, but also the tendons of the other muscles are more membranous and broder in men then in Apes. And with this tendon of the * 1.417 three muscles is the whirle bone couered, yea it groweth to his forepart, and serueth the knee for a ligament.

This is the muscle which is like a Snake or the fish (because of his broade tayle) which is called Mus or the Mouse, which vshereth the ••hall that he offend not against the rockes, from which fish the muscles of the whole body haue their denomination.

The tenth and last muscle of the leg is called the oblique moouer, and from his situa∣tion * 1.418 poplitaeus the muscle of the Ham, [tab. 34. 38. fig. 14. 16. 28. ΛΛ,] for it linkes in the ham vnder that muscle of the foote whichis called Gastrocnimius, and Plat••ris next of al to the bones, and therefore we canot meete with it before these bee remoued. It is a short and slender muscle and issueth with a neruous [fig. ^• 16. char. ••.] and round originall from the externall head of the thigh, after it is increased with fleshy fibres and running vnder the ligament, climing obliquely ouer the bone Tibia or the leg, determineth brode and fleshy and is inserted into the backe and inner part of the legge at his appendix. [Tab. 31. char. 5.

His vse is to mooue the leg obliquely outward, and therewith also to turne the foote somewhat inword toward the other, for the foote is specially articulated with the leg∣bone, and therefore Galen sayd that it was the principall author of the bending of the leg.

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of the muscles of the Thigh.

THE Thigh is that part which is betwixt the ioynt of the huckle bone and the knee, and consisteth of one bone as doth the arme. This part because it is moued according to our good pleasure by reason of his round head, and that with all kind of motion, it stood in neede to haue muscles and those very many.

These muscles doe mooue the thigh either directly or in compasse. Directly, either lengthwise or ouerthwart, and that either by extention or by flexion. It is extended either * 1.419 when we stand vpright and make (as we say) a curtesie, bending the thigh moderately in∣ward and downeward toward the earth. Or backeward into the posterior part when wee lift our thighs vpward, especially toward the outside, which kinde of position may bee seene in that they call a Backe caper. This extention is made by the helpe of fiue muscles, which most what doe occupie the posterior part. And the first foure of these doe lie vpon the huckle bone, and the fifth vpon the thigh.

The thigh is bent when we lift it vpward and forward, and especially toward the in∣side; (in extension it is toward the outside) as it is in Anticke dances, and this motion is * 1.420 performed by three muscles situated before; two of them are seated in the cauity of the belly, and the third in the thigh.

The circumaction or compassing of the thigh is either inward or outward, and per∣formed by three muscles placed in the coxendix. VVee conclude therefore that there are eleuen muscles of the thigh, although I know many more may be named if we diuide the fifth muscle into foure; make two of the fleshy pouch which compasseth the tendon of the tenth muscle, & adde the twelfth muscle described by Arantius: for then each thigh shall haue seuenteen muscles which shall extend it, bend it, leade it in compas, draw one thigh two another, diuide them asunder, or lift one thigh ouer another, as Taylers vse to sit at their worke. Of all which motions we will speak in order.

The first extender is called Glutaeus maior the greater buttecke muscle, because it ma∣keth almost all the buttocke on one side; [tab. 31. and those that follow fig. 3. 4. 8. μ.] for it is thicke and fleshy and lyeth iust vnder the skin, being appointed with the two following to make the quishion of the seate.

It ariseth with a fleshy broade and semi-circular originall, from the whole circum∣ference of the haunch bones, from the lower part of the holy bone where it is contiguous with his opposite, and from the beginning of the rumpe bone. [tab. 32. fig. 4. ^{a b c}.] After∣ward descending a little obliquely and riding ouer the ioynt of the huckle-bone which it strengthneth, as it were, with a couering it becommeth narrower and more slender, and so endeth into a strong and brode tendon, which is partly inserted into the roote of the greater processe, partly below it into the outside of the thigh bone, and that obliquely.

The vse of this muscle is when it worketh all together to settle the backeward and

[illustration]

Table 32. Sheweth especially the Muscles of the Thigh and the Legge.

[illustration]

TABVLA XXXII.

[illustration]

FIG. IV.

[illustration]

FIG. V.

[illustration]

FIG. VI.

• α 4, The first muscle of the leg called Lon. gissimus.
• β 4 5, the second muscle of the leg called Gracilis.
• γ 4, 5, 6, the third bender of the leg cal∣led Sermineruosus.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 4, 5, 6. the fourth bender of the leg cal∣led Biceps.
• ε 4, 5, 6. the fift bender of the leg called Semimembraneus.
• ζ 4, The first extender of the leg called Membranosus.
• η 4, 5, 6. the second extender of the legge or the muscle called Vastus externus.
• θ 4, 5, 6. the third extender of the legge called Vastus internus.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 4, the fourth extender of the leg called Rectus or the Right muscle.
• μ 4, 5, the first muscle extēding the thigh called Gluttaeus maior.
• ν 4, 5, the second extender of the thigh called Gluttaeus medius.
• ζ 6, the third extender of the thigh called Gluttaeus minor.
• π 5, the fourth extender of the thigh cal∣led Illiacus externus.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 4, 6, the fift extender of the thigh called Triceps or rather Quadriceps.
• •• 6, the hinder part of this muscle.
• χ 5, 6, the first circumactor or the muscle leading the thigh about called Obtu∣rator internus, together with fleshy portions both aboue and below, and growing vnto it.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 4, the first extender of the foote called Gastrocnimius internus.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 4, the second extender of the foote cal∣led Gastrocnimius externus.
• a b c, 4, the originall of the first extender of the thigh.
• d e, His insertion.
• f g, 5, 6, the originall of the third bender of the leg called Semineruosus at f, the beginning of his tendon at g. i k, 5, the semicircular originall of the second extender of the thigh at h, His insertion into a processe of the thigh. b 6, the head of the muscle called Biceps, or the fourth bender of the leg. k 6, A fleshy portion where∣by it is increased. H 4, the fourth extender of the foote called Plantaris. l 5, A portion of the fift muscle ex∣tending the leg, or of the muscle called Semimēbraneus. m n o 6, His head m. The beginning of his tendon o. A bosome or cauity in which the third extender of the leg doth rest, n. r 4, A fleshy part of the extender of the leg, called membranosus at p His originall. p 6, the backe of the haunch-bone bare. s x 6, the circum∣scription of the third bender of the thigh, s 6, the insertion of the third and fourth extenders of the thigh, t 5, 6, the great and vtter processe of the thigh. u 5, 6. A ligament going from the holy-bone into the acute processe of the hip, x 5, A ligament going from the holy-bone into the back-part of the hip. y 5, the fourth nerue which is the greatest nerue of the whole legge, wherein is the tumor collected which causeth the hip∣gowte.* A sinus or cauity wherein the great veyne of the legge and the artery together, with the nerue are conueyed. 12, char. 6, the fourth nerue parted into two in the ham, the greater branch 1, the lesser 2. 34, charact 6, the membranous beginning of the oblique ascendent muscle of the Abdomen from the spine of the backe. 8, 9, charact, 6, Two fleshy portions, or the fleshy pouch, and heauing to the second Circumactor, or compassing muscle of the thigh.

to extend it directly; for if but one part of the muscle bee contracted, then the motion is not equall but more outward to this or that side.

The second extender which is called gluttaeus medius, the middle buttocke muscle [tab. 32. and those that follow fig. 4. 5. 8. 9. ^ξ.] lyeth for the most part vnder the first. The rest * 1.421 of it is couered with a membrane. It is also like the first in forme, but lesse and very liuide, as also is the third in leane bodyes, but in those that are fat especially in women we often find neruous fibres running through them to which fat groweth, to make the seate the softer.

It ariseth with a fleshy, broad and semicircular originall, [Tab. 32, fig. 5, h i,] (a little lower then the first to whose originall it giueth way) from the rib of the haunch-bone on the fore-part and from the backe of the same haunch, and indeede it occupieth almost all the circumference of that bone: thence descending obliquely it groweth narrower by de∣grees, runneth vnder the forward muscle, couereth the ioynt of the hippe, and determi∣neth into a broade, strong, and membranous tendon, [fig. 5. k.] which is implanted into the fore and vpper part of the great Trochanter or processe of the necke of the thigh, which it compasseth on euery side but ouerthwart.

His vse is to extend the thigh and to draw it vpward and forward into one side, and that more manifestly then the former muscle. The fibres also of this muscle make a decussa∣tion with the fibres of the former, [Tab. 5, μ with ν.]

The third Extender called Glutteus minor, the lesser buttocke muscle [tab. 32. and those * 1.422 that follow fig. 6. 10. ξ.] lyeth wholy vnder the second, and is so much lesse then it, as the second is lesse then the first. It ariseth from the backe of the hanch bone, and from his backward and lower part where the bone of the coxendix beginneth; and his original, (as the two former) is fleshy, thick and semicircular. [fig. 6. ^{q s x}.] Then declining downward and forward, it cleaueth easily with fibrous tyes to the ligament of the ioynt of the hippe and becomming narrower determineth into a brode and strong tendon, which climing ouer the greater trochanter or processe of the thigh, is implanted to the very top of his forepart, where it is a little inuerted. [fig. 6. ^s.]

His vse is to drawe the thigh moderately vpward and backeward, and so to ex∣tend it.

The fourth extender called Iliacus externus pyriformis, the outward hanch peare muscle [tab. 32. fig. 5. 6. and tab. 34. fig. 13. π.] because it filleth the outward and lower cauity of the * 1.423 hanch bone with his oblique position, and is like a round peare. This muscle is liuide, and ariseth with a fleshy and round originall from the three lower rackes of the holy bone, or from the inner part of the sides, where somtimes it is continual with his opposite: thence it runneth downeward but fleshy and ouerthwart to the great trochanter, but before it touch the thigh it becommeth narrower and endeth in a round tendon, which is oblique∣ly implanted into the great trochanter or head of the thigh on the backeside neare his ap∣pendix. His vse is to draw the thigh moderately vpward and backeward, and so to extend it. It is also some litle helpe to leade the thigh round but forward, yet more then the third muscle. The fifth extender is comonly called Triceps because it hath a threefold originall, * 1.424 but may better be called Quadriceps, for his originall is fourefold. [Tab. 31. and those that follow fig. 2. 4. 6. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. ••••.] This is the thickest muscle in the whole body of man, and stuffed with a wonderfull variety of fibres, insomuch that because the parts * 1.425 thereof doe differ among themselues in their originall, fibres, insertion, coates, and in some sort in their vse likewise, Falopius saith, and so may we also, that there are so many muscles as there are parts of this muscle, to which also the right muscle which seemeth to be a part thereof must be referred, whose originall is seated vnder the three heads of the muscles which make the bulke of the leg. [Tab. 32. fig. 6. ^{f h m}.] But we wil here vnder exhi∣bite his discription according to Falopius.

The first part [Tab. 35. fig. 12. a part of the muscle is at ••.] ariseth with a neruous o∣riginall from the vpper line of the share bone, and descending is inserted into a rough line of the thigh vnder the middle. Notwithstanding from his tendon proceedeth a slen∣der portion which is vnited with the tendon of the fourth part and is inserted into the lower head of the thigh, and the inside of the knee.

The second part [Tab. 35. and 34. fig. 13. and 14. char. 6.] ariseth from the lower parts of the commissure of the share bones where they ioyne together. It is fleshy and broade and hath oblique fibres, descending also downeward, it is implanted into the line of the thigh in the vpper part thereof.

Third part [ta. 34. fig. 13. char. 6. fig. 14. char. 7. confered fig. 13. ^{β σ μ}, among themselues] ariseth with a fleshy, sometimes a neruous originall from the apendix of the Coxa yea from the whole coxendix round about the circumference of his brode hole, his fibres are very diuers, so that it seemeth to be a double muscle, for the vpper fibres are as it were, transuerse, but many of the lower oblique. This part descending is inserted into a rough line vnder the little trochanter or head of the thigh.

The fourth part, [Tab. 34. fig. 12. and 13. ζ ^{u x y}, ariseth with a neruous fig. 13. ^u.] and then fleshy [^x] originall from the the appendix of the coxa, which two originals forme a muscle whose belly is dilated into a strange breadth [fig. 13. p] afterward running along the backeside of the thigh, it endeth into a round tendon [fig. 13. vnder^z] which with a slender portion of the tendon of the first part is inserted into the inner and lower protu∣beration of the thigh [three parts of this muscle are demonstrated, tab. 36. 12. ^{ζ σ μ}. where they hang downe also. Tab. 34. fig. 14. ζ. 6. 7.]

[illustration]

Table 33. sheweth some Muscles of the Leg and the Foote.

[illustration]

TABVLA. XXXIII.

[illustration]

FIG. VII.

[illustration]

FIG. VIII.

[illustration]

FIG. IX.

• α 7, 8. The first bending muscle of the Leg called Longissmus.
• β 7, 9, the second bender of the Leg called Gracilis.
• ζ 7, 8, The first extender of the Leg called Membanosus.
• η 8, 9, the second extender of the leg called Vastus externus.
• θ 7, 8, 9, the 3. extender of the Leg call Ua∣stus internus.
• •• 6, A sinus or cauity vpon which the ninth muscle of the thigh lyeth.
• x 7, 8, 9, the fourth extender of the Leg cal∣led Rectus.
• 1, 2, 3. char. 8. The originall, 2. The tendon, 2. the place where the tendon groweth to the tendons vnder it.
• μ 8, the first extending muscle of the thigh.
• •• 8, 9, the second extender of the thigh.
• P 9, A portion of the 5. muscle of the thigh called Triceps.
• σ 8, the first bender of the thigh called lum balis.
• τ 8, The second bender of the thigh called Iliacus internus.
• 1, 2, 3, char. 8, His original, 1, tendon 2 the place where the tendon groweth to the tendons vnder it.
• ν 7, 8, 9, The third bender of the thigh cald Glutaeus minor.
• ω 8, The second externall extender of the Foote.
• b 7, 8, the tendon of the first muscle of the Leg neare the knee.
• c 7, The insetions of the 1 2 and 3 muscles of the Leg.
• o 8, the inner ankle.
• p q 7, the fleshy part of the first extender of the leg, his large membrane at q.

r 7, his originall. s 8, his insertion. t u x 9, the beginning of the 2 extender of the Leg. t. his insertion, u. his tendon x. y 8, the tendon of the first extender of the toes at the great toe. C 7. 8. 9. the place of the share∣bone. H 7, the third extender of the foote called plantaris. 17, The fourth extender of the foote called Soleus. K 8, the fift extender of the foote called Tibiaeus posticus. L 7, 8, the first bender of the foote called Tibiaeus anticus. M 8. 9, the 2 bender of the foote called Peroneus primus. N 8, 9, the third bender of the foot called Peroneus secundus. O 8, 9. the first extender of the toes called Pollicis tensor. P 7, 8, 9. the 2 extender of the toes. p 8, 9. A portion of that muscle which Uesalius maketh ths 9. muscle of the foot. 10. 11 12 char. 8. the originall thereof 10, his diuision into tendors 11, the insertion of the 9 muscle 12. R 9 the 2 bender of the toes called Flexormagnus. T 7: the lower abducter of the great toe. X 8: 9: the bone of the leg b••••e. Y 8, 9, the vpper abducter of the toes. Z 7, 8: the muscle called Crureus. † 7. the first extender of the foote called Gastrocnimius internus.

The vse of this Muscle although it be to liftvp the Thigh and leade it to the body: yet * 1.426 according to the diuersity of his partes it hath diuers particular offices: for the backeparte which hath right fibres, establisheth the thigh and fastneth it vppon the ground being ex∣tended, as when a man settes his foote to pase forward. The backe portion also of the anterior part performeth the same; but it leadeth the thigh moderately inward as it were to the other thigh, so the first part of the anterior leadeth the thigh inward and crosseth one thigh ouer another. And thus much concerning the extending Muscles, which pri∣marily extend the thigh, and these also doe helpe it when it is moued sidelong or ledde a∣bout.

The Bending Muscles are three: The first is called Lumbalis [Table 31. and those that follow fig. 2, 8, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, char••. 6] the Muscle of the Loynes which Hippocrates and * 1.427 Galen called 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. They are placed a little obliquely in the cauity of the Abdomen, and when the entrals are taken forth they presently appeare in the Loines. It is a roūd, fleshy, thicke and strong Muscle, and altogether liuid.

It ariseth fleshy [Ta. 35. fig, 12. a] from the two lower racks of the chest, and the three vpper of the loynes: presently after it climbeth ouer the rest of the rackes of the Loynes, and descending fleshy by the haunch-bone [from a to b] it runneth a little obliquely and something outward aboue the share-bone, and so determineth into a strong and round Tendon which is inserted on the foreside at the vpper part of the lesser head of the thigh. His vse is strongly to drawe the Thigh vpward and to bend it inward. And because the tendon of this Muscle should be securely conuayed, not hurt by the hardnes of the bone, nor yet erre or wander out of his way, there is a sinus or cauity insculped in the sharebone which is couered ouer with a membranous, smooth and slippery Ligament arising out of the bone. And because the kidneis lie vpon this muscle ouer which a notable nerue is dis∣seminated. Hence it commeth to passe that those that are troubled with the stone in the Kidneyes doe find a stupor or sleepinesse on the Thigh on that side the stone is on.

The second Bender is called Iliacus internus the inward haunch. Muscle. [Ta. 31. fig 2. * 1.428 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Ta, 33. fig. 10, 11, 12, 16, ^T] At the lower part it toucheth the former Muscle [tab, 35, fig, 11, 12, ^T as farre as σ] and occupyeth all the inner cauity of the haunch-bone. From thence as it were out of a semicircle it ariseth fleshy and broade and by degrees becommeth nar∣rower and thicker, and desending forward aboue the vpper part of the Coxendix: it is im∣planted with a round tendon [Ta, 34, fig, 14 'T] into the lesser head of the thigh like as the former but somewhat lower then the first bender.

His vse is together with the first Bender to lift the Thigh vpward and so to bend it, but this Muscle mooueth it lesse inward. And whereas it is carried aboue the Coxendix, the bone hath in it a smooth and slippery cauity for the better conuaying thereof, which ca∣uity where the muscle bendeth it is liuid, neruous and strong, the better to defend it selfe against the hardnes of the bone.

The third Bender [Tab. 31. and those that follow, fig, 1, 7, 10, 11, 12 ^•] is also liuid, and * 1.429 ariseth broade and fleshy from the Line of the share-bone, hard at his gristle and runneth obliquely within the fift extender, so that some haue accoūted it for a fift part of the same fift muscle, and so determineth into a short, broade and large tendon which is inserted at the inside of the Thigh ouer against the lesser heade and runneth out vnto the backeside. His vse is to leade the thigh vpward and inward very strongly and so to crosse one Thigh ouer another. And so much for the benders of the Thigh.

The first compasser which is called Obturator externus the outward filler [Tab, 35. fig. * 1.430 12, 14, 16, ^•] lyeth vnder the former & filleth vp on the outside all the hole which is be∣fore in the share and the haunch-bones. The forme of it is like a Peare as was the fourth extender. It ariseth fleshy and broade from the circumference of the foresaid hole, and on the foreside is liuid. It runneth ouerthwart and behinde by the hip ioynt away and the necke of the thigh, is by degrees angustated and determineth into a strong and large tendon, which is implanted into a cauity of the great trochander or the head of the thigh. His vse is to turne the thigh inward, Laurentius sayth outward.

The second compasser Obturator internus the inward filler [Ta, 31, and those that fol∣low, fig. 2, 〈…〉〈…〉 fig, 5, 6, aboue char, 9 f. 13, 14, χ] lurketh in the bowle of the hanch-bone, * 1.431 occupyeth the inside of the forenamed perforation, is stronger then the former, and di∣stinguisheth therefrom by a Membrane to which it groweth. It ariseth fleshy & broad from the circumference of the perforation on the inside and appeareth notably liuid ha∣uing

• ...

• α 14, A tendon made of three muscles of the foot & inserted into the heele
• β 14, The beginning of the tendon of the first Peronaeus out of the middle of his body.
• γ 14 The tendon of the second Peronoeus reflected to the outward ankle.
• ♌ 13, The fourth bending muscle of the leg called biceps, hanging downe.
• ε 13, The fifth bender of the leg called semimembraneus hanging downe.
• ζ 15, A ligament in the sole of the foot seruing in stead of the brode tendon.
• η 13, The second extender of the legge called vastus externus.
• θ 13, 14. The third extender of the leg called vastus internus.
• •• 13. 14. An acute ligament going from the holy bone into the processe of the hip bone,
• Λ 14, The muscle called poplitaeus mouing the leg obliquely.
• ξ 13. A portion of the third muscle ex∣tending the thigh.
• π 13, The fourth extender of the thigh or a portion of the Illiack muscle.
• ζ 13, 14, the fifth extender of the thigh called triceps.
• e 13. Another part of the fifth muscle.
• σ 13, the first bender of the thigh called Lumbalis.
• τ, The 2 bender of the thigh or a ten∣don of the internall Illiacke muscle.
• φ 14, the first compasser of the thigh cal∣led obturator externus.
• χ 13, 14, the second compasser of the thigh called obturator internus.
• 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 13, 14, the second extender of the foot called Gastrocinimius externus.
• a b, 13, the beginning of the two exten∣ders of the feete. c c 13, their fleshy beginning. d 13, Their contiguity or meeting together. e e 13, the swelling of both the calues. f 13, The beginning of the tendon of these muscles. g 13, 14, The backe of the share bone without flesh, h 13, 14, The head of the thigh bone compassed and defended with a membra∣nous ligament. k 13, The place of the thigh bone without flesh. l 14, The rumpe bone without flesh m 13, 14, The exterior and great processe of the thigh. n 14, A rough line of the thigh whereinto is inser∣ted the fifth muscle of the thigh called triceps. o 14, The bone of the legge and the outward head of the thigh bored. p 14, The tendon of the third extender of the foote. q 14, The beginning of the fourth ex∣tender of the foote, r 14, The insertion of the tendon of the first and second muscles of the foote. stu, The tendons of the tenth muscles of the thigh reflected to the hanch bone. u 13. The neruous head of the backe part of the fifth extender of the thigh. x 13, The fleshy head of the same muscle. y 13. Car∣rying the proportion of a mouse. z 13, the tendon of the first part inserted into the inner tendon of the thigh. 6. Char. 13. the third part of the fifth muscle. 7. Cha. 14. another part of the fifth muscle. 8 9. Char. 13. two fleshy portions or the fleshy pouch which adheereth to the second compasser of the thigh. H, 13, 14, the third extender of the foote called Plantaris. I 14, 15, the fourth extender of the foote called Soleus 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 15, a cauity betwixt the tendon of the forenamed muscle & the other. * 15, the place of the bone of the leg without the flesh, T 15, the lower abductor of the great toe. V 15, the abductor of the little toe

[illustration]

Tab. 14. Sheweth the muscles of the thigh and of the foote.

[illustration]

TABVLA XXXIV.

[illustration]

FIG. XIII.

[illustration]

FIG. XV.

[illustration]

FIG. XIV

three lines, or inscriptions. Afterward it is by degrees contracted or straightned, [tab. 31. fig. 2. ^{a c}. vnto ^f] and runneth cuerthwart aboue the coxendix outward [tab. 34. fig. 13. ^x.] and aboue the▪ cauity which is formed like a pully, it hasteneth to the great tro∣chanter where it is reflected: the reflected part being fleshy, and that which toucheth the cauity neruous. At which cauity it is increased with three round tendons [Tab. 34. fig. 14. ^stu.] in the very reflection, which tendons beeing a little separated one from the other doe passe forward, and when they are past the cauity on the backe side they are againe collected and make one neruous tendon [tab. 43. fig. 13. X. 8. 9.] which tendon is led ouer∣thwart

and together with the first compasser is inserted into the hinder cauity or sinus of great Trochanter or head of the thigh, and into his roote. And this was Natures coun∣sell determining to adde strength to this muscle; for if it had bene wholy fleshy in his re∣flection and motion it would haue beene hurt by the hardnes of the bone. Wherefore also there groweth to the Sinus a strong membranous ligament which is smooth and li∣ned ouer with a viscide humor for the more easie circumaction of the muscle. But this Sinus hath appearing in it two lines lightly eleuated, which running ouerthwart doe di∣uide the three forenamed tendons into three cauities; so that in this one cauity euery tē∣don hath a peculiar Sinus.

And least these tendons should slip out of the cauity of the bone after they are reflec∣ted, Nature created a fleshy pursse wherein the tendon of this muscle is placed, which pursse resembleth two muscles, [Tab. 38, fig. 16. ^xx] one vpper and another lower. The * 1.432 vpper [Ta. 32, fig. 6, char. 8. as also the lower [ta. 31, fig. 6, 13, 14, char. 9, fig. 16, ^x] do arise * 1.433 fleshy and slender, from the acute processe of the haunch-bone the vpper, the lower from his appendix & both of them do accompany the second compasser euen to his insertion and are together inserted into the cauity of the great Trochanter.

Their vse is together with the second compasser to helpe the circumaction or com∣passing of the thigh. * 1.434

There is also another muscle first described by Fallopius, which lyeth vnder the fore∣sayde * 1.435 pursse, [Tab. 34, fig. 14, *] which ariseth short and very fleshy from the backe-part of the coxendix and being led about to the outside of the thigh, is with a strong and roūd tendon inserted into the backside of the great Trochanter, or into that space which is be∣twixt the two Trochanters or heads of the thigh.

His vse is to lead the thigh in compasse backeward. And this muscle haply may be di∣uided into two.

Arantius after he hath described this muscle found out by Fallopius, he addeth another * 1.436 so making the number of the muscles of the thigh to be a full Iury in these words.

When you haue cut away the muscles which bend the legge from their originals, if you diligently marke the place, you shal finde vnder the eleuenth muscle a twelfth, which is much stronger then the former, but lyeth very deepe. It hath an originall opposite vn∣to the eleuenth, beginning from the forepart of the share-bone where it is perforated & it is distinguished with a membrane of the nature of a Ligament. This originall sayeth hee, is fleshy and almost orbiculer or round. It degenerateth into a strong and round tendon.

This muscle being ledde about like a semicircle to the outside of the thigh, together with the second compasser and the pursse, that is, with the tenth and eleuenth muscles to guide the sphericall or round motion of the thigh.

CHAP. XXXIX. Of the Muscles of the foote.

THE Foote is moued two wayes directly and to the sides; directly also or in * 1.437 length two wayes: for it is eyther extended backward when it is led out of his transuerse position, a little obliquely toward the earth (and that by the helpe of fiue muscles placed in the back part, together with the second and third benders of the toes) as when we walke or dance: or it is bent forwarde by three muscles to which may be added that portion of the muscle which some make the ninth, but we account it for a part of the second muscle which stretcheth the toes: and these are placed together with the first and second extenders of the toes on the foreparte, but the outward side of the legge, for the inside of the legge euen vnto the calfe is without flesh. This motion is not so strong as the former, and therefore doth not stand in need of so great muscles.

The foote is also moued to the sides, and so a little compassed, which motion because * 1.438 it is very weake, hath not any particular or priuate muscles allotted thereto, but is ledde to the outside by the anterior muscles and to the inside by the posterior. The extending muscles therefore of the foote are fiue, and the benders three.

The first extender is called Gastrocnemius internus [Tab. 31, and those that follow fig. * 1.439 1, 2, 3, 4, 13, 14, Ψ] the internall Calfe-muscle, ariseth from the inner head of the thigh a∣bout the knee as it were with a double originall. The one vpper [fig 13, b] which is fle∣shy and broade: the other lower and vtter which is neruous and liuid. [fig. 13, ^c.] The first a

descending a little vnder the ioynt of the knee is confounded with the second, and both together make a fleshy and thicke muscle which about the middle part of the legge after it hath formed the inner part of the Calfe [fig. 13, aboue ^e] becommeth narrower and en∣deth into a broad [fig. 13, ^f] and neruous tendon, in the middest whereof notwithstanding a fleshy portion sheweth itselfe running a little way therein, which being vnited with the tendon of the next muscle following, [fig. 13, and 14, ^ω] is in Apes inserted into the heele but in men it groweth to the 4 extender of the foot, [fig. 14, ^•] in somuch that euen to the very heele it cannot be separated there-from. And these three muscles doe draw the heele vpward and backeward, and doe fasten the foote vpon the earth, or reflect it downeward and backward.

The second extender is called Gastrocnemius externus, the outward Calfe-muscle [ta. 31, and those that follow. fig. 3, 4, 10, 13, 14, ^Ψ]. * 1.440 It proceedeth from the vtter head of the thigh, & is in all parts like the former, fauing that the first descendeth fleshy lower, which

[illustration]

Table 35. Sheweth some Muscles of the Thigh, the Legge, the Foote and the Toes.

[illustration]

TABVLA XXXV.

[illustration]

FIG. X

[illustration]

FIG. XI

[illustration]

FIG. XII

• a 10, the spine of the haunch-bone bared from the muscles.
• b 10, the greater exterior processe of the thigh.
• a b, 12, the originall of the first extender of the thigh at a, his tendon at b.
• e 12, the share-bone bared.
• f 12, the thigh-bone without flesh.
• g 12, the backpart of the whirle-bone re∣garding the ioynt, the tendons grow to the foreside.
• h 12, the tendon of the second extender of the leg called Vastus externus.
• i 12, The insertion of the fourth bender of the leg called Biceps.
• k 12, The connexion into one of the ten∣dons of the 7, 8, and 9. muscles.
• l 12, The tendon of the ninth muscle of the legge called Rectus.
• m 12, the forepart of the leg bone with∣out flesh.
• n 10, the original of the second bender of the foote.
• n 12, the forepart of the Brace bared,
• o 12, A ligament placed betweene the bone of the leg and the brace.
• o 10, the outward anckle.
• p q 10, the body of the second bender of the foot before and behind.
• r 10, the beginning of the tendon of this muscle arising out of the middest of his body.
• s 10, The tendon of the third bender of the foot reflected to the outward ankle.
• γ 10, the originall of the third extender of the leg called Vastus internus.
• ♌ 10, the fourth bender of the leg called Biceps.
• θ 10, 11, 12, the third extender of the leg called Vastus internus. ζ 10, the third extender of the thigh called Gluttaeus minor. ρ 10, 11, 12, the first mus∣cle of the thigh called Triceps. σ 10, 11, 12, the sixt muscle of the thigh called Lumbalis. σ char. 12, the fore∣part of the fift muscle of the thigh. τ 10, 11, 12, the seuenth muscle of the thigh called Iliacus internus. ν, 10, 11, 12. the eighth muscle of the thigh. φ, 12. The first Compasser of the thigh called Obturator externus. •• 10, the second extender of the foote called Gastrocnimius externus. A 11, 12, the holy-bone. H 10, the se∣cond extender of the leg called Vastus externus. M 10, 12, the second bender of the foot called Peroneus pri∣mus. N 10, 12, the third bender of the foot called Peroneus secundus. O 10, the first extender of the toes called 〈◊〉〈◊〉 tens••r. T 11, the lower abductor of the great toe. V 10, the abductor of the little toe. X 10, the bone of the leg without flesh, with the ligament which runneth betwixt it and the ••race. Y 10, 11, the vpper ab∣ductor of the toes. Z 10, m••kes the muscle called Crureus. σ 11, 12, the first muscle of the backe called Qua∣dratus.

also may bee perceiued before Dissection in those bodies that are musculous or fleshy. This Muscle not farre from his originall is ioyned with the first with fibrous tyes and gro∣weth thereto at the middle of the Leg: [Tab. 13. ^d] and therefore Syluius and Laurentius call them Gemelli or the Twinus.

This Muscle when it hath formed the outward part of the calfe endeth in a tendon which is so mixed with a Tendon of the former that it seemeth to bee but one Muscle to Columbus and Archangelus, for they haue but one tendon and one implantation, and these two together with the fourth doe make the pulpe or calfe of the Leg.

But because in the direction of the Leg those heades are returned backward and so compressed; least any offence should thereby proceede, each originall hath a small side∣bone * 1.441 ioyned to it to receiue the violence and abate it in their smooth and slippery Sur∣face which standeth vp from the substance of the Muscles, and doeth regard the smooth superficies of the heades of the thigh whereuppon they leane. These Seede-bones also doe keepe the Muscles from attrition and laceration and adde strength vnto them.

The third Extender is called Plantaris or the Muscle of the palme or treade [Ta. 13. and those that follow, fig. 7, 14, 16, ^H] * 1.442 It lurketh in the hamme vnder the former and is ve∣ry slender. It ariseth with a fleshy and narrow originall from the outward head of the thigh neare the ioynt, but descending obliquely from the externall toward the internall part it is dilated: yet the fleshy part thereof is small, for presently vnder the knee it deter∣mineth into a very slender neruous and exceeding long tendon [fig. 14. 15. 16. ^p Ta. 31. fig 2. and 4. ^H] so long that among all the round Tendons of the body there is none longer. This Tendon is spread ouer the muscle following, whereto in his progresse it is strongly tyed and implanted into the inside of the heele behinde. Sometimes it groweth broade and by the sides of the heele is spent into the whole skinne of the palme or p••ant of the foote, as the palme muscle in the hand. But when this muscle (as it is with the muscle of the palme of the hand) is wanting, then his tendon is substituted by the second bender of the toes. His vse is to writhe and turne the foote inward.

The fourth Extender is called Soleus or the Muscle of the Soale. [Tab. 31. and those that follow, fig, 2, 7, 14 16, I] * 1.443 It is the greatest and the thickest Muscle of the foote and ly∣eth vnder the former Muscles, and where the two first leane vppon it, it is liuid like them. It ariseth neruous and strong from the backepart of the Fibula or Brace, where it is arti∣culated with the Tibia or Leg-bone, and becomming thicker it exceedeth in bredth both the bones of the Leg, but about the middle it is by degrees angustated or straytned, and a little aboue the heele degenerateth into a thicke and very strong Tendon, which on the foreside is nourished or encreased with a substance like flesh farther then it is on the back∣side, and being vnited with the Tendon of the first and second Muscles [Ta. 38. fig. 16 Ψ ω I] is implanted very strongly into the backpart of the heele, where for this Muscles sake it is depressed and rough. His vse is to extend the foote and firme it vpon the ground.

But because the bone of the heele standeth out beyond the rectitude of the bone of the Leg, this tendon a little before his insertion departeth from the legge [fig. 15. *] and maketh an empty cauity, through which the Butchers peirce their Cammockes to hang the beast vpon in the shambles; for in the whole body there is no Tendon stronger then it. Hippocrates calleth it Chorda, where he saith that vppon the fracture of the heele there follow dangerous Agues full of Hiccocks and convulsions. * 1.444

The fift and last Extender is called Tibiaeus posticus, the hinder Leg-muscle. [Ta. 31. fig. 2, 7, 18, 19, K] It lyeth next to the bone betwixt the Brace and the Legge vnder two Mus∣cles which bend the Toes.

It ariseth from the two foresaid bones [fig. 18, ^l] and presently becommeth fleshy and broade, descending fleshy vnto the extreame appendix of the Legge, vppon which bone for the most part it lyeth through his length: it cleaueth also to a Ligament which lyeth betwixt these two bones, from whence haply his originall gathereth strength; and in the middle of the Leg-bone from the inside only it produceth a round neruous and strong Tendon which tooke his beginning a little within the substance of the Muscle. This ten∣don creepeth through a cauity grauen in the Leg-bone neare the inner ankle; vnder the transuerse Ligament and obliquely attayneth vnto the soale of the Foote vnder the Mus∣cles which occupy the plant [Ta. 36, fig, 18, 19. ^m] or Treade, and is strongly inserted into the processe which is on the lower side of the bone of the Tarsus or After-wrest of the foote which is neare the Cube-bone, which processe was onely created for his insertion.

His vse is to draw the foot inward, it helpeth also the motions of the first, second & fourth Muscles, and therefore moueth the foot to the earth, and sometimes leadeth it backward, when we would stand vpon our tip-toes as we say. And thus much concerning the ex∣tending Muscles of the foote on the backpart thereof. It followeth that we should intreat of his bending or anterior muscles which we sayd are three.

The first Benderis called Tibiaeus anticus, the foreward Leg-muscle, [Ta. 31. and those that follow, fig. 1, 7, 8, L] because it cleaueth to the forpart of the Leg-bone at his outside. * 1.445

It is the larger of the Benders and very nearly resembleth a Snake and lyeth vppon the Muscles of the Toes. It ariseth acute or sharpe neare to the Brace where it is articulated with the Leg-bone. Presently it is dilated, and on the inside of the Leg-bone it is ioy∣ned to an acute line and becōing streighter by degrees vnto the middle of the leg-bone determineth farre aboue the foote into a round, neruous and strong tendon [fig. 2. and 18.ⁿ] which tendon also sometime riseth vp vnder the skinne, and growing from the lower appendix of the leg and the brace vnder the transuerse ligament attaineth to the inside of the foot, and conuayed in a reasonable open cauity aboue the vpper part of the After-wrist or the Tarsus, is wholly inserted into the inner processe of tha, bone of the wrest of the foote which sustayneth the great toe. His vse is to bend the foote it selfe, and to draw it forward and vpward. This muscle as also that that went before, especially in that part where they are reflected vnder the wrist and After-wrist of the foote, haue a gristle and seede bone allowed them by Nature to preuent their attrition.

The second bender called Peronaeus primus, or the first brace muscle, [tab. 31. and those that follow fig. 1. 3. 8. 9. 10. 12. 16. 18. 19.^M.] is in his whole progresse ioyned with the outside of the precedent musckle, and by it selfe is repressed in the outtside of the * 1.446 leg. It ariseth fleshy and neruous [fig. 10.ⁿ.] from the vpper and outward part of the appendix of the fibula or brace, and becomming fleshy it paceth along the same, cleauing som part to his side: departing from the brace it is on the outside liuid, but on the inside fleshy and ruddy, and being conuayed a litle below the middle of the brace between two fleshy sides [fig. 10.^pq.] out of the very middle of his body produceth an exceeding strong tendon [fig. 10.^r.] which is increased in the inside on either hand with flesh; which tendon becomming by degrees without flesh, and reflected obliquely toward the backe∣side of the appendix of the brace, and leauing the outward ankle naked [fig. 10.^o.] beeing inuolued in a transuerse ligament which proceedeth from the brace into the heel and the bone called the cockall or the talus, it passeth the fissure of the same outward ankle, and be∣ing very much reflected vnder the plant [tab. 36. fig. 19.^tu.] is inserted brode into the root of that bone of the wrist of the foote which lyeth vnder the great toe. I say into the pro∣cesse which is on the outside of that bone: sometime into that bone vpon which the mid∣dle toe resteth.

His vse is to leade and bend the foote upward and outward. But this tendon passeth in the middest betwixt the bones and the muscles of the plant or sole of the foote [fig. 19.^tu.] least if it should walke onely vnder the skinne when it is contracted vpward it might compresse the muscles seated in the soale and hinder their functions. So also in the lower part of the cube-bone, there is a cauity somewhat brode but not deepe, sineared ouer with a viscide humor and compassed with a slippery ligament, at which the tendon is compas∣sed not round lest it should fall thereout, but dilated [tab. 26. fig. 19,^t] that so it might more firmely be reuolued at the shallow cauity. Againe the tendon in the same place is so hardened that it is like a grystle, yea sometime so bony as if it were a seede bone, that it might better and more readily auoyde the violence of the bending or flexion at an a∣cute angle.

The third and last bender called Peroneus secundus, the second brace muscle, [Tab. 31. and those that follow fig. 3, 8, 9, 10, 18, 19.^N] is hid vnder the former (his tendon excepted) * 1.447 and is like thereto. It ariseth also with a long originall from the same appendix of the brace, and being fleshy descendeth downe the same brace to which it is tyed, and when it hath ouercome the middest thereof, it departeth into a round tendon which is reflected toward the backeside of the brace and is fastened to the foreside of the tendon of the se∣cond bender, and lying vpon a cauity ingrauen in the backeside of the appendix of the brace and compassed with the transuerse ligament it descendeth forward: but at the vtter and lower part of the ankle it is againe reflected, deuided, and becommeth forked, [tab. 35. fig. 10. s.] lest it should bunch vp too high and is implanted [tab. 36. fig. 19. x.] very

strongly with a double and broad insertion into the processe of that maner bone of the wrist of the foot which sustains the litle toe. His vse is to leade and bend the foot outward.

To these eight muscles of the foote Vesalius and Falopius add a ninth [Tab. 33. fig. 8. 9. p.] which Bauhine taketh rather to be a part of the second extender of the toes [ta. 33 fig. 7, 8, 9.^p.] * 1.448 then a particular muscle of it selfe. And thus much of the muscles of the foot.

CHAP. XL. Of the muscles of the Toos.

THe foure toes of the foote are moued almost with the same motions that the fingers of the hands are mooued with. But the great or thumbe-toe is not led after the same maner with the thumb of the hand, that is, with a flexion opposit to the other fingers but his first ioynt is bent after the same manner with the first ioynts of the rest of the toes, be∣cause his position is in the same order. The toes therefore are moued directly or side∣long. If directly, then either they are bent toward the earth, euery ioynt being mooued * 1.449 apart, and that either directly onely, as the second and third ioynts of the foure toes, and the second of the thumbe or great toe; or directly & obliquely together, as the first ioynts of all the fiue toes. If they be extended, the extention is made directly or in a right line, and so all the ioynts are moued together. If they moue to one side that motion is eyther outward, as when the foure greater are led to the little toe, and the little toe led from the * 1.450 rest: or inwarde when the thumbe-toe is ledde from the rest and the foure lesser toes moued toward it. All these motions are absolued by three and twenty muscles, whereof some are seated in the leg, that is to say part in his fore part & part in his backpart. Others are placed in the foote it selfe, properly so called.

The first muscle of the toes is called Pollicis tensor, the extender of the great toe or the * 1.451 first extender, [Tab. 33, fig. 8, 9,^o] It is seated in the foreside of the legge, together with that which next followeth at whose inner side it lyeth.

It ariseth fleshy from the outside of the legge where the bone of the leg or the Tibia departeth from the Brace or the Eibula. After it descendeth and groweth in his whole passage to a membranous ligament which commeth betwixt the leg & the Brace bones and so attaineth vnto the foreside of the leg; thence creeping vnder the transuerse liga∣ment [Tab. 31, fig. 1, char. 2] and ouer the foote, it is inserted into the vpper part of the whole length of the great toe to extend it. Sometimes the tendon is diuided into two, one of which is inserted into the last ioynt of the great toe, the other into the wrist of the soote to bend it. And this latter tendon in some bodies seemeth to be a distinct muscle. But that saith Columbus is very rare.

The second extender [Tab. 31, and those that follow fig. 1, 3, 7, 8, 9, P] is placed in the * 1.452 forepart of the leg, but lurkerh vnder the sixt muscle of the foote. It ariseth with an acute and neruous originall [Tab. 33, fig. 8, char. 10.] which presently becommeth fleshy, from the top or extremity of the appendix of the leg, where vnder the knee it is fastened to the Brace; thence it descendeth directly along the Brace and about the middle thereof it * 1.453 casteth off from his outside a fleshy portion, [tab. 31, & those that follow fig. 8, 9,^P] which portion descending downeward, maketh that muscle which Fallopius calleth the ninth muscle of the foote: presently falling yet lower vnder the transuerse ligament which is on the foreside of the leg, [tab. 31, fig. 1, char. 2,] to which it adhereth; at the end of the Fi∣bula or Brace it degenerateth into a tendon, [tab. 33, fig. 8, charact. 12,] which tendon be∣fore it passe the transuerse ligament is diuided into foure round tendons separated & con∣ueyed through the backe of the soale vnto the foure toes, (beside the great toe) which run through their whole length, and becomming broader are inserted into their vpper parts. Their vse is to extend the three ioynts of the foure toes together.

The third muscle of the toes is called Pollicis Flexor, the bender of the great toe, or the * 1.454 first bender, [ta. 31, and those that follow, fig. 2, 7, 16, 17,^Q] and is seated with that which next followeth in the backpart of the leg vnder the muscles, which make the Pulp or Calfe, and it is almost altogether fleshy.

It ariseth [figure 16, character 13,] from the backe-part at the connexion or con∣iunction of the Brace with the Legge-bone, and growing for a time to the Brace, it appro¦cheth to the ende of the Legge-bone, where from his inside there issueth a rounde Ten∣don, [figure 16, 17, character 14,] which may bee seene manifestly to haue his origi∣nall out of the flesh, [Table 36, figure 16, ω] which tendon passeth obliquely vnder the Ankle at the inside of the heele, where a cauity is engrauen for it, and

where also it is couered with a transuerse ligament: thence it inclineth vnder the plant or treade of the foote, at which place sometimes it transmitteth certaine small portions into the tendons of the third muscle with which it is commixed, [fig. 16, cha. 19] and when his especiall tendon is receiued by the transuerse ligament, it is inserted with a broade im∣plantation into the second bone of the great toe after it hath passed the length of the first, which second bone it bendeth. Sometime vnder the soale it is diuided into two tendons the larger wherof it transmitteth to the great toe, the lesser vnto the next, and then the se∣cond bender is diuided onely into three tendons and no more. This tendon before it is in∣serted into the second bone of the great toe hath a great seede-bone set before it with a slippery and smooth surface.

The fourth Muscle of the Toes or the second Bender which is called Digitorumflex, or magnus, the great Bender of the Toes [tab. 36. fig. 16, 17, 18, R] lyeth neare the formet * 1.455 and leaneth rather vpon the Legge then vpon the Brace-bone [table. 36. fig. 18, rather A then B,]

It ariseth fleshy from the Leg-bone vnder the hamme [fig, 16. cha. 8] and descending almost to the heele, it produceth from the inside a round tendon [fig, 16. char. 7.] which passing along vnder the inner ankle, and in a peculiar cauity of the heele [fig, 19, ^••] and vn∣der the transuerse Ligament which groweth from the appendixe of the Legge, it run∣neth vnder the tendon of the third Muscle in the soale of the Foote with which it maketh a decussation [fig. 17. betwixt the 17, and the 15, characters] and in the middle of the foot is deuided into foure tendons, [fig. 17, char. 18.] which being bound with Ligaments and passing through the Section or diuision of the Tendons of the subsequent muscle are in∣serted broade according to the length of the bone into the third ioynt of the foure Toes. The vse of this Muscle is to bend those foure toes, to contract them strongly and to lead them one to another.

The fift Muscle is also the third bender. [ta. 36. fig, 16, 17. S] it is seated vnder the mid∣dle of the soale and ariseth with an originall mixed betwixt a neruous and a fleshy from * 1.456 the lower part of the heele-bone, and the forepart of his protuberation. Presently after his originall it becommeth fleshy and passeth toward the Toes, being by degrees dilated or spread abroad according to the forme of the foote. At the middest whereof it is deui∣ded into foure fleshy parts; [ta. 36. fig. 16. char. 21.] which parts being separated doe each of them produce a round tendon which are receiued at the roote of the first ioynt by the transuerse Ligament, and being deuided (as it is in the hand) with a long section each of them growing broade, are inserted into the second bone of the foure Toes.

The vse of this Muscle is to bend the second ioynt of the foure Toes. There also groweth very strongly a broade tendon [ta. 34. fig. 15. ζ] vnder all the fleshy substance of this Muscle, which serueth insteade of the broade tendon of the hand, and sometimes is the tendon of the third muscle of the Foote which is called Plantaris. This tendon is of exquisite sense the better to forwarne vs vppon the instant of externall iniuries.

[Table 36. is the same with 31. Folio 806.]

The sixt Muscle is called Abductor pollicis inferior, the lower backe-leader of the great * 1.457 Toe. [tab. 31. and those that follow, fig, 1, 2. 7, 11, 16, ^g] It lyeth to the inside of the Foote throughout the length thereof, and resembleth the fashion of a Mouse. His originall is neruous from the heele on the inside neare the muscle foregoing, and becomming fle∣shy it is fastned to that bone of the wrest of the Foote which supporteth the great Toe, & degenerateth into a round tendon which is implanted on the outside into the first bone of the said great Toe to lead it from the rest.

The seauenth Muscle is called Abductor minimi digiti inferior, the lower back-leader of the Little Toe. [tab. 31. and those that follow, fig. 3, 4, 15, 16. V] It is situated in the ex∣ternall * 1.458 part of the Foote and ariseth with a neruous originall from the vtter part of the Heele where there is a protuberation, and becomming fleshy it expresseth the forme of a perfect Muscle, and is affixed to that processe of the wrest-bone which sustaineth the lit∣tle Toe, and determineth into a round Tendon which is infixed into the outside of the first bone of the little Toe to lead it from the rest.

These three are couered or inuested by a thicke and broade tendon as it was in the palme of the hand.

The 8. 9. 10. and 11. Muscles, or the 3. 4. 5. and 6. Extenders, called also Lumbricales, * 1.459

Table 38. sheweth the Muscles of the Foote and the Toes thereof. But the 18. the 19. Figures shew the right Foote as did those two in the 34. Table, but here it is more bared from the Muscles.

[illustration]

TABVLA XXXVIII.

[illustration]

FIG. XVI

[illustration]

FIG. XVII.

[illustration]

FIG. XX.

[illustration]

FIG. XIIX.

[illustration]

FIG. XIX.

• a 16, The backe of the hanch bone bate.
• b 16. A membranous ligament oc∣cupying the greate perforation of the share bone.
• l m 18. The beginning of the fift extender of the Foote at l, his tendon at m 18, & 19.
• n 18. A portion of the Tendon of the first bender of the foot.
• p 16, The tendon of the 3. muscle extending the foote.
• •• u 19. the 2. bender of the foot or the first Peroneus reflected in the foote.
• x x 16. two fleshy partes compas∣sing the Tendons of the tenth muscle of the thigh.
• x 19. The insertion of the 3. ben∣der of the foote.
• A 18, 19, The bone of the leg.
• B 18, 19. the Brace.
• C D 18, The bosome or cauity of the tendons othe 2, and 3, mus∣cle ••f the toes
• E 18, Small bones neare the first ioynt of the great toe.
• F 19. a. igamēt going betwixt the bones of the leg and the Brace.

H 16, the 3, extender of the Foote called Plantaris. I 16. the 4. extender of the foote called Soleus. K 18, 19, the fift extender of the foote called Tibiaeus posticus. M 16, 18, 19. the 2, bender of the foote or the first Peroneus. N 18, 19. the 3, bender of the foot or the second Peroneus. Q 16, 17, 18, the first muscle bending the toes of the foote or the bender of the great toe. R 16, 17, the second bender of the toes or their great bender. S 16, 17, the 3 muscle bending the toes or their other bender. T 16. the lower abductor of the great toe. V 16, the abductor of the little toe. X 17, 18, the foure muscles called Lumbricales. Z 16, the muscles called Interossei or the bone bound muscles. Λ 16, the muscle mouing the Leg obliquely called Popliteus. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 16, the first bender of the thigh called Lumbalis descendens. τ 16, the 2, bender of the thigh called Illiacus internus. φ 16, a portion of the first compasser of the thigh. ψ 16, the first extender of the foot called Gastrocnimius internus. ω 16, the second extender of the foote called Gastrocnimius externus. * 16, the thigh bone bare. 1, 2, 3, Char. 19, three Sinns or bo∣somes made to carry three tendons. 3, char. 16, a ligament hanging from the ioynts of the Toes, doing the office of the broad tendon. 4, 5, char. 16, the originall of the muscle of the ham called Poplitaeus at 4, his insertion at 5. 13, char, 16, the originall of the first bender of the toes. 14, 15, char, 16, 17, the tendon of that muscle at 14, his insertion at the great Toe 15. 16, char, 16, the beginning of the second bender of the toes. 17, cha, 16, 17, the tendon of the same arising there. 18, char, 17, the tendon deuided into foure parts. 19, char, 18, the commixtion of the tendons. 20, 21, char, 16, the third bender of the toes, his originall from the heele at 20, his diuision into foure tendons at 21. 22, char, 16, 17, 18, a fleshy portion growing to the bones of the foote at the great toe,

[illustration]

Figure 20, sheweth the Ligaments growing to the ioynts and the Bones of the Leg & the Thigh.

A B, The thigh bone at A his vpper head at B. C D, the 2 lower heads thereof. E, the bone of the leg. F, his vpper protuberation. G, the lower sinus or cauity. H, the inner ankle. I, the Brace∣bone called Fibula. K, the vtter ankle. L the vpper, a round ligament of the head of the thtgh. L the lower, a muscle in the calfe or the fourth of the foote. M M, a ligament compassing the vpper ioynt of the thing. N, A ligament growing to the greater processe of the thigh. O, A Ligament affixed to the lesser processe of the thigh. P P, a ligament involuing the ioynt of the knee. Q R, a ligament set to the vtter and inner side of the knee. S, a ligament coupling the protuberation of the leg-bone marked with F and the thigh together. T V, a ligament binding the leg-bone and the Brace together aboue and below. X, a membranous ligament sastning together the Leg and the Brace. Y Z, a transuerse ligament gathering the nerues. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 a tendon made of three mus∣cles of the foote and inserted into the heele. a, b, ligaments ioyning the heele to the Leg and the Brace: from the bone of the leg to the heele at a from the Brace to the heele at b. c d, A gristly Ligament running from the inner Ankle into the inside of the Talus at c: another ioyning the Brace to the Talus.

the wormy Muscles [tab. ••6. figu. 17, 18, x] are seated vnder the soale of the Foote, and ari∣sing from the Ligament which compasseth the foure tendons of the perforating Muscle or the second Bender, are implanted round and small into the Tendons of the Muscle ex∣tending the Toes, to extend or streatch forth their second or third ioynts. These Mus∣cles for their farther strength receiue a fleshy portion from the heele, which lyeth vnder the three forenamed Muscles.

The twelfth Muscle called Abductor digitorum superior, the vpper backe-leader of the Toes, [tab. 31. fig. 1, 8, 9, 10, 11, TY] is seated in the vpper and gibbous part of the Foote. * 1.460 It is a broade and slender muscle, and ariseth fleshy from the Ligaments which are at the heele and the bone called Cubiforme or the Dye aboue the wrist and After-wrist of the Foote, and running obliquely toward the toes is diuided into foure fleshy parts euery one of which make a round tendon. The greatest of which is inserted in the vtter side of the great toe toward the height thereof. The second of the next toe. The third of the mid∣dle toe, and the fourth of the fourth toe. Sometimes also but rarely a small part is lent vnto the little toe.

The vse of this muscle is to moue the toes to the sides and to leade them backward & outward. But when it hath onely foure tendons, then the tendon belonging to the little toe ariseth from the third externall muscle of the foote although the lower backe-leader of the little toe of the seauenth muscle will serue that turne.

The thirteenth muscle ariseth with a broade and neruoue original from the ligament of the first ioynt of the little toe, sometime of the toe next vnto it, afterward becomming * 1.461 fleshy, it passeth thwart ouer the first ioynts of the toes and determineth in a broade but short tendon which is inserted a little inward into the first ioynt of the great toe.

The vse of this muscle is double, first that when it worketh wee may better hold our feete as we say in vnequall places, for it maketh a kinde of apprehension. The second that when it worketh not, it might serue the foote in stead of a ligament, least when wee walke vppon euen ground, the soale of the foote should be enlarged beyond that that is fit, and so the toes led one from another. Concerning this muscle saith Bauhine, Iulius Casserius first writ vnto me.

Vnder this muscle lye the ten muscles called Interossei or the bone-bound muscles (for * 1.462 you must giue vs leaue to make english words as our Authors haue done in greeke and latine) [tab. 36, fig. 18, 19, ^•.] which are to be referred to the benders of the toes. These haue their situation in the soale of the foote where they make a rude and indigested lump of flesh diuersified with right fibres, which lumpe proceedeth from the beginning of the after-wrest, and passing throughout his length fill vp the spaces betweene the bones and are inserted two and two into the rootes of all fiue toes or at the ligament of the first ioynt toward the inside, that so when two worke together, they may bend the first ioynt, but when one alone worketh, it leadeth the same ioynt to the side eyther outward or inward as the site and originall of the muscle is. To the short and broade tendons of these mus∣cles do grow for their further strength seed-bones, such as are in the hands, but greater. And thus haue we brought to an end this crooked and crabbed history of the muscles cō∣cerning which, I know not whether I should rather craue pardon or pitty, pardon I pre∣sume * 1.463 I shall not neede to craue of them that vnderstand through what a laborinth I haue led my pen: pitty also will do me little good now the paine is past. Acceptance shall bee better welcome then eyther, and an ingenious mind that measureth my foote by his own Last. One other passage remaineth in this booke, and that is concerning those other kindes of flesh which are found in the body of man, to wit, the flesh of the viscera or En∣trals and that of the Glandules, which two when we haue lightly passed ouer, we will pro∣ceede vnto the booke of the Vessels.

CHAP. XLI. Of the flesh of the Entrales or Bowels.

GAlen esteemed the flesh of the Bowels to be similar and simple, not onely in respect of the mistion, because all euen their least particles are of one and the like nature, whence some Arabians haue called it Confusa. Erasistratus cal∣led it first of al men 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 as it were an affusion or cocretion of blood. * 1.464 This flesh Erasistratus esteemed to haue no other vse but only to separate the vessels and to serue as a soft cushion or pillow for them to rest on, and to strengthen and establish their passage, but we esteeme it to be of a great deale more excellent vse, for wee

thinke that it is the chiefe part of the bowell to which the officiall or common action thereof primarily appertaineth. So Sanguification primarily and of it selfe belongeth to * 1.465 the Flesh of the Liuer; to the veines secondarily onely and by influence.

The Flesh of the Longues prepareth the aire for the Heart, the Flesh of the Spleene purgeth the Lees or foeculencie of the bloud, the Flesh of the Kidneies draweth and sepa∣rateth the whey or vrine. Wherefore this Flesh maketh the proper substance of the bo∣well or entrall. Onely this among all sorts of Flesh is insensible, and according to Galens testimony in Arte parua is of the number of those partes which haue their faculties seated and established in them not influent or deriued from other parts.

The Flesh of the Liuer is red and moderately thicke, neither doeth the heate thereof alone further the sanguification of the veines, as the Kell, the Spleen and the parts there∣abouts * 1.466 doe assist the concoction of a Stomacke: But by an in-bred and proper power it scaleth or imprinteth vpon the bloud his stampe or forme his temper and colour.

The Flesh of the Spleene is a rare spongy or funguous Parenchyma, loose like the * 1.467 faster sort of sponges, and fit to draw and receiue muddie and melancholique humors.

The Flesh of the Kidneies is red, fast and solid, differing not much from the substance * 1.468 of the Heart, sauing that it is not intertexed or wouen with fibres. It was made solid, least if it had beene loose and flaccid it should not haue beene able to containe the vrine that it receiued. It draweth by an inbred power whey or vrine from the whole body, sepa∣rateth it being mingled with the bloud, and transfuseth it drop by droppe into membra∣nous cauities.

The Flesh of the Longues is light, rare and like vnto a sponge, made as it were of the froth of bloud congealed together. It is light that it might easily be lifted vp, and fall a∣gaine * 1.469 without violence, and so readily obey or follow the motions of the Chest. It is rare and spongy that like a paire of bellowes it might presently be filled with the ayre we breath in, as also to make the way fit for the breathing out of sooty and smoaky vapours. This Flesh prepareth for the Heart one of the materials of the vitall spirit, that is ayre, for the outward ayre which hath much impurity mixed therewith, could not at the first hand be made a fit nourishment for the inward spirit, & therefore it was necessary that it should be altered by little and little, and by some stay made in the Lungs, acquire or attaine a qua∣lity familiar to the inbred spirit.

Concerning the flesh of the heart, it may be doubted whether it ought to be refer∣red * 1.470 to the flesh of the bowels or to the flesh of the Muscles: Galen holdeth on neither side; for a Parenchyma hath no fibres, the Heart is wouen with them after a strange and admi∣rable manner. Againe, the motions of the Muscles are Voluntary, so is not the motion of the Heart. The Flesh therefore of the Heart is peculiar to it selfe alone, such as you cannot finde in the whole body againe.

There is no lesse scruple also concerning the Flesh of the Tongue, for it is as nimble as an Ecle; turning it selfe into a thousand motions, yet are there no fibres running there∣through, and therefore the Flesh thereof cannot be sayde to bee musculous, rather if all things be considered it inclineth to the nature of a Parenchyma. And so much shall be suf∣ficient to haue said concerning the Flesh of the Bowels or Entrals.

CHAP. XLII. What a Glandule is, and how many kinds there be of them.

BEcause many of the Ancients haue defined a Glandule to bee a Flesh rowled vp into it selfe: I haue thought sit sayth Laurentius for order sake to refer the * 1.471 whole kinde or kin of Glandules vnto Flesh.

A Glandule therefore which the Graecians call 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 is a simple part, Rare and f••yable soft like a sponge, appoynted by Nature to firme and establish the vesselles, to sucke or drinke vp superfluous humours, and to water or dew some partes that stoode need of moysture.

The Authour of the Booke de Glandulis, whether it were Hippocrates or Polybius, hath elegantly expressed the nature of a Glandule, where hee sayeth Their Nature is spongy for they are rare and fat. That they are of such a nature you shall easily find if you presse them hard betwixt your Fingers, for they will yeilde an oylie humour and bloud, white like phlegme. Now it is consonant to reason that they haue such a substance, not for nought but for some particular and especiall vse. That vse is three-fold.

The first vse of Glandules is to firme or establish the diuarications or diuisions of the vessels. For it was to be feared least the vessels running through large and ample caui∣ties, * 1.472 if they had no other muniment or defence sauing their owne membranes, would in violent motions be broken off, as in great windes boughes are torne from a tree; vnlesse these glandulous bodies did lye soft vnder them and establish and sustaine them. And therefore where the vessells are forcked or deuided, there Nature hath euer placed Glan∣dules vnder them.

So in the diuision of the Gate-veine there is a notable Glandule called Pancreas or the Sweete-bread. In the diuarications of the veines of the Mesentery there are Glan∣dules almost infinite. In the distribution of the ascending trunke of the hollow veine is the glandule called Thymus which is the sweetebread in calues. In the vessels of the braine the glandule called Conarium or the pine-glandule. In the the necke, in the arme pits and in the groynes where the Iugular axillary and crurall veins are diuided there are glan∣dules placed to support their diuisions. VVherefore they were made soft and rare, that neyther their hardnesse might offend the vessels, and by yeelding they might giue way to the distentions when they strut with blood.

The second vse of the glandules is like sponges to sucke and drinke vp fleame, whey * 1.473 and other superuacuous humours, that they should not rush vpon the more noble parts. In which respect their forme is round, somewhat long, and their substance rare and open; so fitted to receiue the greater quantity of any kind of influxion. This vse the authour of the booke de glandulis openeth vnto vs in these words. They beare away the redundan∣cie or surplussage of the rest of the body, and that indeede is their familiar Alement. It may also by reason be demonstrated that they were ordayned by nature to purge away moyst superfluities; for those parts that are hollow, and especially if they bee moyst and full of blood, haue more and larger glandules then those that are solide and lesse succu∣lent, as are the ioynts. So behind the eares about the necke where the iugular veines run, about the arme pit where the axillary branch is, and about the groynes where the crurall veine appeareth, there are notable glandules which receiue the superfluities of the prin∣cipall parts, the Brayne, the Heart and the Liuer, which glandules are commonly called Emunctories, and if they swell or bee otherwise affected, they betoken the distemper of their owne bowell or some ill disposition therein. Hippocrates in the second section of his 6. booke Epidemion, saith Abscesses or Apostemes (as for example the tumors of the glan∣dules) are produced as fruitelesse water shootes of those places, out of which they grow. They also bewray the condition of other places and parts, and especially of the bowels. Galen also in the thirteenth booke of his Methode saith, that when an Apostemation ari∣seth neare any notable artery or vein sudainly do spring vp Bubones, that is, inflammations of the glandules.

Thirdly we added in the definition, that the vse of the glandules was to irrigate or * 1.474 water some parts lest they should too easily bee exiccated and dryed or made vnfit for motion. Such are some of the glandules of the Mesentery, which with their moysture do dew the guts. Such are also the glandules of the Throttle or the Tongue, which in∣gender or gather spittle. The glandules in the corners of the Eyes doe make much toward the celerity and ease their motions, and finally those prostate glandules in the neck of the bladder doe water and moysten the Vreter with an oyly humidity, lest it should bee offen∣ded by the Acrimony of the vrine. And this is the nature of glandules properly so called.

There is also another kinde of glandules which may more truly be called Glandulous bodyes. Their substance indeed is like vnto a glandule that is rare and lax, but it is orday∣ned * 1.475 by Nature for the generation of humours or iuyces which are profitable for the crea∣ture. Proper or simple glandules haue neither peculiar veines, nor arteries, nor nerues And according to Galen, they are in the last of those parts which haue faculties inbred & seated in them, not flowing from otherwhere: but these glandulous bodyes haue ma∣nifest and conspicuous vessels, and are also of exquisite sense. The former haue onely an vse in the body: these latter haue not onely an vse, but doe also performe an action. So in Galen the Testicles are called glandulous bodyes: for their substance is soft and hollow, in which the seede is boyled and perfected. So the dugs are glandulous bodyes and haue a power or faculty in them for the generation of milke. Notwithstanding these glandulous bodyes doe sometimes affoord the same vse that the other glandules doe, that is, to sucke or sup vp the recrements or excrements of the whole body: for Nature doth often abuse

one and the same part to diuers vses. So Hippocrates reckoneth the Kidneyes in the num∣ber of the Glandules, yea and the braine it selfe is like vnto a Glandule, for it is white and friable and performeth the offices of a Glandule to the head.

CHAP. XLIII. A briefe enumeration of the Glandules in the whole body.

THE number of the Glandules is almost infinite, we will onely run ouer the most notable, and of them giue you but a light view, because you haue heard their particular descriptions in their proper places.

In the braine there are 2 Glandules not very great indeed but very notable. * 1.476

The first is of a turbinated figure commonly compared to a pine-kernell and called Conarium; of which you shall reade in the twelfth chap. of our seauenth booke. It is thought to be ordained for an establishment vnto the veines and arteries which are disper∣sed into the braine, and maketh the way open for the Animall spirit out of the thirde into the fourth ventricle. The other is called Glans Pituitaria, the phlegmaticke Glandule; of which you shall reade in the thirteenth chapter of our seauenth booke.

His porous or open flesh like a sponge receiueth the superfluities of the vpper ventri∣cles of the braine, and distilleth them into the Pallate through the holes of the wedge∣bone. Vnder the eares and behind them there are many glandules called Parotides ap∣pointed to establish the diuisions of the vessels, and to drink vp the humors of the braine, whose Emunctories they are commonly stiled. Betwixt the skinne and the fleshy mem∣brane of the Face there are many glandules, sayth Platerus, which they call Animelles, as also betwixt the lower side of the puffe of the cheeke, and the beginning of the necke, where the Kings euill doth often arise.

In the inside of the chops which from the narrownes is called Isthmus, there do ap∣peare two glandules like blanched Almonds, and therefore they are called the Almonds * 1.477 of the throate and Tonsillae, and these do perpetually moysten the chops, the mouth, and the tongue with spittle. There are also two at the roote of the Larinx or throttle, and two vnder the gullet, which often-times do so swell that they interclude the way both of meate and drinke: but of drinke especially, for the solid meate makes it selfe a way by cō∣pression, wheras that which is liquid doth rather fil the fungous substance of the glandule.

Vnder the top of the brest-bone, in the very diuision of the ascending trunke of the hollow veine there is a glandule called Thymus a lecker or sweete-bit for nice pallats, made to establish the vessels.

There are also many others in the cauity of the chest, in the arme-pits, in the groynes, in the armes and in the legs. All which want proper names.

Vnder the Stomacke and the Gut called Duodenum, there is a glandulous body, which because it resembleth a simple flesh, they call Pancreas, whose vse is to sustaine, imbrace and comprehend the branches of the Gate-veine, which are to be distributed into the sto∣macke, the gut Duodenum and the Spleene, which are onely supported by the lower mem∣brane of the Kell.

In the Messentery there are many Glandules as well to distinguish the vessels as to keepe them from compression, when the guts are ouer-filled or when the Abdomen is too much strained, for otherwise the transcolation of the chylus would be hindered. These Glandules also do moysten the guts, and tye as it were the vessels together that in violent motions they might not bee broken. In the necke of the bladder neare the sphincter muscle are those glandules which are called Prostatae, of whose vse we haue spoken part∣ly in the fourth booke, and partly in the former chapter.

The Glandulous bodies we neede not in this place so much as to rehearse for their descriptions are large enough in their proper places; whereto we referre the Reader, and heere put an end to our booke of Flesh: and proceede vnto the Vessels.

The end of the tenth booke.

Notes

• * 1.1

  The diuers acceptations of Flesh.
• * 1.2

  Flesh and a Muscle al one.
• * 1.3

  The particu∣lar Flesh of e∣uery part.
• * 1.4

  4. Kinds of Flesh.
• * 1.5

  What is flesh properly so called.
• * 1.6

  The flesh of the solid parts
• * 1.7

  A twofolde substance of the solid parts
• * 1.8

  The common vses of Flesh.
• * 1.9

  The particu∣lar vses of the flesh.
• * 1.10

  The Flesh of the Glandules
• * 1.11

  The order of this booke.
• * 1.12

  Hippocrates conuerteth the names flesh & mus∣cles.
• * 1.13

  Wherein the laudable ha∣bit of a mus∣cle consisteth
• * 1.14

  The names of a muscle.
• * 1.15

  A double con¦sideration of a muscle.
• * 1.16

  That a mus∣cle is an or∣gan.
• * 1.17

  The partes of a muscle and their vse.
• * 1.18

  The explica∣tion of the de¦finition.
• * 1.19

  What is vo∣luntary moti∣on A double will from election and from in∣stinct.
• * 1.20

  Three organs of motion.
• * 1.21

  How these 3. doe worke.
• * 1.22

  An apt com∣parison from a man on horsebacke.
• * 1.23

  The parts of a muscle.
• * 1.24

  In all organs 4. kinds of parts are to be obserued.
• * 1.25

  The flesh is the principall part of the muscle.
• * 1.26

  The tendons make the acti¦on more per∣fect.
• * 1.27

  Hippocrates.
• * 1.28

  3 dissimilar parts of a mus¦cle.
• * 1.29

  The Head,
• * 1.30

  The Belly.
• * 1.31

  The Taile, whereof the tendon is made.
• * 1.32

  The reason of the composi∣tion.
• * 1.33

  Why the smal muscles of the eies haue tendons.
• * 1.34

  There are 4. motions of the muscles.
• * 1.35

  Extention the 2. motion of the Muscle
• * 1.36

  Note this.
• * 1.37

  How trem∣bling com∣meth,
• * 1.38

  The last mo∣tion which is Tonicall.
• * 1.39

  Examples of Tonicall mo∣tion.
• * 1.40

  2. motions perse.
• * 1.41

  2. other per accidens.
• * 1.42

  What the fi∣gure of the muscle is when it wor∣keth & when it playeth.
• * 1.43

  All the diffe∣rences of mus¦cles. The first.
• * 1.44

  The second,
• * 1.45

  The third,
• * 1.46

  The fourth.
• * 1.47

  The fift.
• * 1.48

  The sixt.
• * 1.49

  The seuenth.
• * 1.50

  The eight.
• * 1.51

  Of their place.
• * 1.52

  The ••. from their vse and action. From the va∣riety of ac∣tion three differences. What muscles are a kinne. What are Antagonists.
• * 1.53

  A rule con∣cerning mus∣cles that are a kinne. Another con∣cerning op∣posites.
• * 1.54

  The 2. diffe∣rence of the muscles taken from the actions.
• * 1.55

  The third difference.
• * 1.56

  The number of the muscles is vncertaine. Siluius his names. The muscles are 405.
• * 1.57

  A briefe in∣numeration of all the par∣ticular mus∣cles.
• * 1.58

  Galen.
• * 1.59

  What wee meane by the Face.
• * 1.60

  The skin of the forehead sheweth the affections of the mind.
• * 1.61

  A good note for Chirur∣gions in ope∣ning Apostu∣mations in the forehead.
• * 1.62

  That there are 2. muscles.
• * 1.63

  A Cardinall.
• * 1.64

  The vse of these muscles.
• * 1.65

  The muscles which draw the skin of the head backward.
• * 1.66

  Why some men can moue the skin of their head.
• * 1.67

  Aquapendens his muscle of the eie brows.
• * 1.68

  Great diffe∣rences amōg Anatomists concerning these muscles
• * 1.69

  The place of the right mus¦cle.
• * 1.70

  The orbicular or round mus¦cle. His position.
• * 1.71

  His original.
• * 1.72

  Progresse.
• * 1.73

  And insertion
• * 1.74

  The vse of this circula muscle.
• * 1.75

  How this muscle may be said to be two.
• * 1.76

  Why it can be but one.
• * 1.77

  Conclusion.
• * 1.78

  How these muscles may be diffected. How Fallopius came to learn the right mu∣scle.
• * 1.79

  How many motions in a mans eye.
• * 1.80

  The figure of the Eye.
• * 1.81

  The quantitie of the Mus∣cles.
• * 1.82

  Diuers opini∣ons.
• * 1.83

  Vesalius. Platerus Bauhine.
• * 1.84

  Whence pro∣ceedeth the white of the eye.
• * 1.85

  The second,
• * 1.86

  The third.
• * 1.87

  The fourth.
• * 1.88

  The fift.
• * 1.89

  His figure.
• * 1.90

  His implanta∣tion.
• * 1.91

  The sixt.
• * 1.92

  H••s originall.
• * 1.93

  His end
• * 1.94

  His progresse
• * 1.95

  His insertion,
• * 1.96

  The 7. muscle
• * 1.97

  His figure.
• * 1.98

  His insertion.
• * 1.99

  His vse.
• * 1.100

  Why a man hath not the 7. muscle.
• * 1.101

  How to make dissection to shew the mus¦cles best.
• * 1.102

  The first rea∣son.
• * 1.103

  Second reason
• * 1.104

  Third reason
• * 1.105

  His originall
• * 1.106

  His insertion.
• * 1.107

  The thirde.
• * 1.108

  The fourth,
• * 1.109

  Placentinus his conceite.
• * 1.110

  The motion within the eare,
• * 1.111

  The smalnes and elegancie of it.
• * 1.112

  The second Muscle.
• * 1.113

  The first in∣uenters ther∣of.
• * 1.114

  The vse.
• * 1.115

  The proui∣dence of Na∣ture.
• * 1.116

  Why these must needes be muscles not ligaments
• * 1.117

  Why the no∣sthrils haue motion.
• * 1.118

  They are of two sorts.
• * 1.119

  Muscles of dilatation.
• * 1.120

  The vse.
• * 1.121

  The 2. other muscles of dilation.
• * 1.122

  The foure muscles of contraction.
• * 1.123

  Foure com∣mon muscles. The squaae muscles.
• * 1.124

  The antients before Galen knew it not.
• * 1.125

  Galen found it The reason of the many & diuers fibres in in it.
• * 1.126

  Why it is cal∣led the square muscle.
• * 1.127

  Their vse.
• * 1.128

  The dogge∣spasme.
• * 1.129

  The Trum∣peter.
• * 1.130

  His scite. His originall.
• * 1.131

  His insertion,
• * 1.132

  The substāce of it.
• * 1.133

  The vse.
• * 1.134

  A double vse of the cheeks.
• * 1.135

  The proper vse of the lips in men.
• * 1.136

  The opinion of the anci∣ents.
• * 1.137

  6. proper mus¦cles of the Lipps.
• * 1.138

  The second paire of mus∣cles.
• * 1.139

  Their vse.
• * 1.140

  Eight seuerall motions by these muscles
• * 1.141

  The Corrall of the Lippes
• * 1.142

  The Vse of the Corrall.
• * 1.143

  Only the Pa∣rot and the Crocadile moueth the vpper iaw.
• * 1.144

  Sixe similar motions and what they are
• * 1.145

  The vse of these motions
• * 1.146

  Fiue muscles
• * 1.147

  A strange strength of a mans iaw.
• * 1.148

  A good ob∣seruation for Chirurgions.
• * 1.149

  Vesalius his o∣pinion of the oblique tra∣ction of the iaw.
• * 1.150

  Hyppocrates.
• * 1.151

  The dangers of the falling of the iaw.
• * 1.152

  How nature hath defen∣ded these mus¦cles.
• * 1.153

  The 2. defēce
• * 1.154

  The third.
• * 1.155

  In what crea∣tures these muscles are greatest.
• * 1.156

  In what crea∣tures least.
• * 1.157

  Why least in men.
• * 1.158

  The 2. mus∣cle of the lo∣wer iaw cal∣led the grin∣ders
• * 1.159

  His fibres.
• * 1.160

  The 3. paire of muscles of the lower iaw
• * 1.161

  The 4. muscle of the lower Iaw.
• * 1.162

  The Fyfre and last muscle of the lower iaw His variable substance.
• * 1.163

  The vse of these muscles together.
• * 1.164

  What muscles haue 2 bellies
• * 1.165

  The reason of Arantius his opinion.
• * 1.166

  The vse that Arantius limit∣teth.
• * 1.167

  4. paire of muscles of the chops.
• * 1.168

  The first.
• * 1.169

  The second.
• * 1.170

  The third.
• * 1.171

  The fourth.
• * 1.172

  Foure paire of Muscles.
• * 1.173

  The 1. paire.
• * 1.174

  The 2. payre.
• * 1.175

  The 3, paire.
• * 1.176

  The 4. paire.
• * 1.177

  An addition concerning the Vse of these muscles Laurentius. Archangelus. Arantius.
• * 1.178

  Three vses of the tongue.
• * 1.179

  The especially vse in man.
• * 1.180

  The bridle of the tongue.
• * 1.181

  Muscles of the tong double.
• * 1.182

  The 1. paire.
• * 1.183

  The 2. paire
• * 1.184

  The 3. paire.
• * 1.185

  Their contra∣rie vses.
• * 1.186

  The 4 paire.
• * 1.187

  The 5. paire.
• * 1.188

  The substance of the Toung.
• * 1.189

  The glardu∣lous flesh at the roote.
• * 1.190

  The action of a muscle is Contraction.
• * 1.191

  3. paire of common.
• * 1.192

  The first paire.
• * 1.193

  The 2. paire,
• * 1.194

  The 3 paire.
• * 1.195

  Laurentius.
• * 1.196

  Proper Mus∣cles.
• * 1.197

  The 1. paire
• * 1.198

  Originall.
• * 1.199

  The 2 paire.
• * 1.200

  The vse of their double fibres.
• * 1.201

  The 3. paire
• * 1.202

  The 4. paire.
• * 1.203

  The true and dangerous squinasie.
• * 1.204

  The 5. paire.
• * 1.205

  Why the E∣wer-gristle must be dou∣ble.
• * 1.206

  The most a∣cute squinasie
• * 1.207

  The vse of all the muscles of the throttle.
• * 1.208

  How they dif∣fer from the muscles of Hyois and the tongue.
• * 1.209

  Diuers opini∣ons of the Epiglottis.
• * 1.210

  In beasts two paire. The 1. paire.
• * 1.211

  The 2. paire
• * 1.212

  Nine paire of Muscles.
• * 1.213

  The 1 paire.
• * 1.214

  Originall double.
• * 1.215

  The ••. paire.
• * 1.216

  The second.
• * 1.217

  The third.
• * 1.218

  The 3 paire
• * 1.219

  The 4. paire
• * 1.220

  The 5. payre
• * 1.221

  The vse of the two last pairs.
• * 1.222

  The 6 paire.
• * 1.223

  The 7. paire
• * 1.224

  The 8. paire.
• * 1.225

  Situation.
• * 1.226

  Originall.
• * 1.227

  Insertion
• * 1.228

  Vse.
• * 1.229

  The motions of the necke.
• * 1.230

  The 2. paire
• * 1.231

  The 3. paire.
• * 1.232

  The 4. paire.
• * 1.233

  Their quaint passages.
• * 1.234

  Why the shoulderblade doth not moue round

  The 1. muscle
• * 1.235

  The 2. mus∣cle.
• * 1.236

  The 5 lines of this muscle
• * 1.237

  The third muscle.
• * 1.238

  The 4 muscle.
• * 1.239

  The particu∣lar partes of the arme.
• * 1.240

  The first,
• * 1.241

  His original diuers.
• * 1.242

  Implantation
• * 1.243

  His vse.
• * 1.244

  The second
• * 1.245

  his name. What Epomis i••.
• * 1.246

  Originall.
• * 1.247

  Insertion.
• * 1.248

  Vse.
• * 1.249

  The 3. muscle
• * 1.250

  Originall.
• * 1.251

  Insertion.
• * 1.252

  Galen redee∣med from Ve∣salius.
• * 1.253

  The 4 muscle
• * 1.254

  His name.
• * 1.255

  The eight mus¦cle after Falo∣pius.
• * 1.256

  The 5. muscle
• * 1.257

  The sixt mus∣cle.
• * 1.258

  The 7. mus∣cle.
• * 1.259

  The muscu∣lous portion.
• * 1.260

  The bones of the Cubite.
• * 1.261

  The 1 Bender
• * 1.262

  A fleshy por∣tion accoūted for a particu∣lar muscle.
• * 1.263

  The 2 Bendes
• * 1.264

  The third.
• * 1.265

  His originall.
• * 1.266

  Augmentatiō
• * 1.267

  Insertion and vse.
• * 1.268

  The fourth.
• * 1.269

  His originall.
• * 1.270

  Progresse.
• * 1.271

  Insertion.
• * 1.272

  Fibres & vse.
• * 1.273

  Munkies.
• * 1.274

  The actions of the muscles of the cubit.
• * 1.275

  The motions of the Radius double.
• * 1.276

  The first Su∣pinator.
• * 1.277

  The second
• * 1.278

  The first Pro¦nator.
• * 1.279

  His fibres.
• * 1.280

  Figure.
• * 1.281

  Vse.
• * 1.282

  The second Pronator. His originall progresse.
• * 1.283

  Insertion.
• * 1.284

  The muscles of the hand double.
• * 1.285

  The reasons of the moti∣ons from the articulations.
• * 1.286

  40. muscles of the hand. How seated.
• * 1.287

  The vse of the 40. muscles.
• * 1.288

  His original
• * 1.289

  progresse.
• * 1.290

  Insertion.
• * 1.291

  Vse.
• * 1.292

  Fallopius his obseruation.
• * 1.293

  A musculous substance a∣rising from the fleshy pannicle. The formes of it. The fibres.
• * 1.294

  His vse.
• * 1.295

  That it is flesh not Fat.
• * 1.296

  In what parts of the Finger this substance is.
• * 1.297

  The 1 Bender of the forefin¦gers.
• * 1.298

  An admirable worke of Na∣ture.
• * 1.299

  The trans∣uerse Liga∣ment.
• * 1.300

  the 2. Bender.
• * 1.301

  The exten∣ding muscles of the fingers. called Vermi∣culares.
• * 1.302

  The 5. exten∣der.
• * 1.303

  Insertion.
• * 1.304

  The cause of peine vnder the naile.
• * 1.305

  The vse.
• * 1.306

  The sixt extender.
• * 1.307

  His originall.
• * 1.308

  Implantation.
• * 1.309

  Vse.
• * 1.310

  The seuenth extender. His originall.
• * 1.311

  Implantation.
• * 1.312

  Vse.
• * 1.313

  The eight extender.
• * 1.314

  His originall. Implantation.
• * 1.315

  Vse.
• * 1.316

  The interossei.
• * 1.317

  The 1 bender
• * 1.318

  Progresse.
• * 1.319

  Munchies.
• * 1.320

  The 2. Bender
• * 1.321

  The 3. bender
• * 1.322

  The vse. of 2 and 3.
• * 1.323

  The 4. bender
• * 1.324

  The fifth.
• * 1.325

  The sixth.
• * 1.326

  The position of the 4. 5 6.
• * 1.327

  Their vse.
• * 1.328

  The seuenth.
• * 1.329

  The extenders of the thumbe The first His originall. Insertion.
• * 1.330

  and vse.
• * 1.331

  The second. His original.
• * 1.332

  Implantation.
• * 1.333

  Vse.
• * 1.334

  The third originall.
• * 1.335

  Insertion. Vse.
• * 1.336

  The fourth originall.
• * 1.337

  Insertion.
• * 1.338

  His vse.
• * 1.339

  The After-wrest.
• * 1.340

  The muscles called interos∣sei, that is, bone-bound. Their origi∣nall Vnion with the woor∣my muscles.
• * 1.341

  Insertion▪ Vse.
• * 1.342

  A note for Surgeons.
• * 1.343

  The muscles of the wrest
• * 1.344

  The first ben∣der.
• * 1.345

  The second bender.
• * 1.346

  The vse of the two Benders.
• * 1.347

  The first Ex∣tender.
• * 1.348

  The second Extender.
• * 1.349

  The vse of the ••. extenders.
• * 1.350

  Why the chest moueth.
• * 1.351

  His different motions.
• * 1.352

  Why not bo∣ny.
• * 1.353

  The kinde of motion.
• * 1.354

  How respira∣tion is made The number of the muscles of respiration.
• * 1.355

  2. kinds of re∣spiration.
• * 1.356

  Free.
• * 1.357

  Violent.
• * 1.358

  How the mu∣scles moue.
• * 1.359

  The position of the mu∣scles.
• * 1.360

  1. subclauius.
• * 1.361

  2 Serratus maior.
• * 1.362

  3. Serratus posticus sup.
• * 1.363

  4. Serratus posti. infer.
• * 1.364

  5. Sacrolum∣bus.
• * 1.365

  Fallopius his 6. new muscles.
• * 1.366

  The 6 proper muscle.
• * 1.367

  His originall.
• * 1.368

  Falopius his 3. muscles.
• * 1.369

  The order of the muscles of the Abdomen.
• * 1.370

  Their situatiō
• * 1.371

  The white line.
• * 1.372

  The vse.
• * 1.373

  The oblique internall.
• * 1.374

  Their original
• * 1.375

  Their tendōs.
• * 1.376

  Their vessels.
• * 1.377

  The Pyrami∣dal muscles
• * 1.378

  They are oftē wanting.
• * 1.379

  The vse of the spiry muscles.
• * 1.380

  The right muscles.
• * 1.381

  Their tumors how knowne.
• * 1.382

  Their original
• * 1.383

  and insertion.
• * 1.384

  Their inter∣sections.
• * 1.385

  Anastomosis what it is.
• * 1.386

  The vse of the right muscle.
• * 1.387

  The transuers muscles.
• * 1.388

  The reason of their situation from their vse
• * 1.389

  The vse of the muscles of the Abdomen, in generall
• * 1.390

  The worke of each muscle alone,
• * 1.391

  Their figure why differing from other muscles.
• * 1.392

  Why the mus¦cles of the backe are so wouen toge∣ther.
• * 1.393

  They haue no antagonists.
• * 1.394

  Foure paires of the backe.
• * 1.395

  Position.
• * 1.396

  Termination.
• * 1.397

  A sinus in thē.
• * 1.398

  Termination and vse.
• * 1.399

  Originall.
• * 1.400

  Termination Fibres.
• * 1.401

  Their vse.
• * 1.402

  The spincters
• * 1.403

  Two leuators.
• * 1.404

  Their vse
• * 1.405

  Of the blad∣der.
• * 1.406

  What the leg is.
• * 1.407

  His motions And number of his muscles
• * 1.408

  The first.
• * 1.409

  The 2 muscle.
• * 1.410

  The third.
• * 1.411

  The fourth.
• * 1.412

  A portion in∣creasing it.
• * 1.413

  The fift.
• * 1.414

  The sixt or the first ex∣tender.
• * 1.415

  The seauenth
• * 1.416

  The eight.
• * 1.417

  Munkies.
• * 1.418

  The tenth.
• * 1.419

  The motións of the thigh.
• * 1.420

  II, muscles of the thigh.
• * 1.421

  The second.
• * 1.422

  The third.
• * 1.423

  The fourth.
• * 1.424

  The fifth.
• * 1.425

  The thickest muscle of the body.
• * 1.426

  The vse of the 5. muscle.
• * 1.427

  The first ben∣ding muscle.
• * 1.428

  The 2 Ben∣der.
• * 1.429

  The 3. ben∣der.
• * 1.430

  The first com∣passer.
• * 1.431

  The 2. com∣passer.
• * 1.432

  The pursse.
• * 1.433

  like two mus∣cles.
• * 1.434

  Their vse.
• * 1.435

  Fallopius his 11. muscle.
• * 1.436

  Arantius his 12. muscle.
• * 1.437

  The motions of the foote.
• * 1.438

  His muscles.
• * 1.439

  The first ex∣tender.
• * 1.440

  The second extender.
• * 1.441

  The seede hones.
• * 1.442

  The 3. exten∣der.
• * 1.443

  The 4. exten∣der.
• * 1.444

  The 5. exten∣der.
• * 1.445

  The 1 bender
• * 1.446

  The 2. bender
• * 1.447

  The third.
• * 1.448

  Falopius ninth muscle.
• * 1.449

  The motion of the toes.
• * 1.450

  Their muscles 23.
• * 1.451

  First.
• * 1.452

  Second.
• * 1.453

  Fleshy parts.
• * 1.454

  Third.
• * 1.455

  The fourth.
• * 1.456

  The fift.
• * 1.457

  The sixt or
• * 1.458

  The seauenth
• * 1.459

  The 8. 9. 10. & 11.
• * 1.460

  The twelfth
• * 1.461

  The thirteen:
• * 1.462

  Casserius. The ten mus∣cles betwixt the bones.
• * 1.463

  The conclusi∣on of the muscles.
• * 1.464

  Parenchyma what it is.
• * 1.465

  His excelen∣cie.
• * 1.466

  Of the Liuer.
• * 1.467

  Of the spleen
• * 1.468

  Of the Kid∣neies.
• * 1.469

  Of the Lungs
• * 1.470

  Of the heart.
• * 1.471

  What a glan∣dule is.
• * 1.472

  The first vse of glandules.
• * 1.473

  Their second vse.
• * 1.474

  The thire vse.
• * 1.475

  Glandulous bodyes.
• * 1.476

  The glādules in the braine.
• * 1.477

  The glādules of the Larinx.